Edited by
Volodymyr Korzhyk
SURFACE
MODIFICATION
OF METAL PRODUCTS
BY ELECTROLYTE
PLASMA
Monograph
2021
UDС 621.785.5
BBK 34.65
K75
Published in 2021
by PC TECHNOLOGY CENTER
Shatylova dacha str., 4, Kharkiv, Ukraine, 61165
Approved by the Academic Council of E. O. Paton Electric Welding Institute of the National Academy
of Sciences of Ukraine, Protocol No. 2 of 25.10.2021
Reviewers:
Valerii Lykhoshva, Doctor of Technical Sciences, Professor, Head of Department of Concentrated
Energy Impacts, Physico-technological Institute of Metals and Alloys of National Academy of Sciences
of Ukraine;
Yurii Kunitskii, Doctor of Physical and Mathematical Sciences, Professor, Researcher Consultant,
Limited Liability Company «Foreign Economic Representation of Chinese-Ukrainian E. O. Paton Welding
Institute».
K75
Authors:
Edited by Volodymyr Korzhyk
Volodymyr Korzhyk, Yuriy Tyurin, Oleg Kolisnichenko
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma: monograph / V. Korzhyk, Yu. Tyurin,
O. Kolisnichenko. – Kharkiv: PC TECHNOLOGY CENTER, 2021. – 180 p.
The monograph presents the results of theoretical and experimental studies of non-stationary processes of modification of metal surfaces by electric current, by switching it with a liquid-electrolyte
electrode. On the basis of the research carried out, complex hardening technologies and equipment
have been created. Technologies allow oxidizing, alloying and changing the structure of local areas of the
surface of products, which greatly increases their physical and mechanical properties without changing
the structural state of the entire product. Along with theoretical material, the monograph provides
extensive information on the application and efficiency of the developed technologies in industry.
The monograph is intended for engineering and technical workers of machine-building enterprises and
institutes that specialize in the field of hardening processing of products.
Figures 147, Tables 12, References 109 items.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any
electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the authors.
This book contains information obtained from authentic and highly regarded sources. Reasonable efforts
have been made to publish reliable data and information, but the author and publisher cannot assume
responsibility for the validity of all materials or the consequences of their use. The authors and publishers
have attempted to trace the copyright holders of all material reproduced in this publication and apologize
to copyright holders if permission to publish in this form has not been obtained. If any copyright material
has not been acknowledged please write and let us know so we may rectify in any future reprint.
The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this book
are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the authors or
the editors give a warranty, express or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or for any
errors or omissions that may have been made.
Trademark Notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are
used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe.
DOI: 10.15587/978-617-7319-47-3
ISBN 978-617-7319-47-3 (on-line)
ISBN 978-617-7319-48-0 (print)
9 786177 319473
Copyright © 2021 V. Korzhyk, Yu. Tyurin, O. Kolisnichenko
This is an open access paper under the Creative Commons CC BY license
authors
Volodymyr Korzhyk
Corresponding Member of National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine,
Doctor of Technical Sciences, Professor, Head of Department
Department of Electrothermal Processes of Materials Processing
E. O. Paton Electric Welding Institute of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine
ORCID ID: https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9106-8593
Yuriy Tyurin
Doctor of Technical Sciences, Senior Researcher
Department of New Physical and Chemical Ways of Welding
E. O. Paton Electric Welding Institute of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine
ORCID ID: https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7901-7395
Oleg Kolisnichenko
PhD, Senior Researcher
Department of New Physical and Chemical Ways of Welding
E. O. Paton Electric Welding Institute of the National Academy of Sciences of Ukraine
ORCID ID: https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4507-9050
iii
abstract
The monograph presents the results of theoretical and experimental studies of non-stationary
processes of modification of metal surfaces by electric current, by switching it with a liquid-electrolyte electrode. This process is called plasma electrolyte treatment (PET). On the basis of the
research carried out, complex hardening technologies and equipment have been created. Technologies allow oxidizing, alloying and changing the structure of local areas of the surface of products,
which greatly increases their physical and mechanical properties without changing the structural
state of the entire product.
The complex of developed technologies multiplies: strength, wear resistance, fatigue strength
of products under cyclic loads under conditions of friction and wear. Along with theoretical material,
the monograph provides extensive information on the application and efficiency of the developed
technologies in industry.
The monograph is intended for engineering and technical workers of machine-building enterprises and institutes that specialize in the field of hardening processing of products.
Keywords
Electrolytic dissociation, electrical breakdown, plasma, heat treatment, surface modification,
oxidation, industrial application.
iv
contents
List of Tables .................................................................................................................... vii
List of Figures.................................................................................................................. viii
Circle of readers and scope of application ....................................................................... xvi
Introduction....................................................................................................................... 1
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing ................................................ 3
1.1 Principles of electrolytic-plasma heating .............................................................. 5
1.2 Thermal cyclic hardening ..................................................................................11
1.3 Research of electrolytic-plasma cells .................................................................18
1.4 Study of heat flows .........................................................................................23
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products .............26
2.1 Features of heating technology .........................................................................26
2.2 Principal diagrams of units and description of technology .....................................28
2.3 Hardening of drill pipes and drilling rig connectors ...............................................35
2.4 Saw tooth hardening........................................................................................40
2.5 Modification of the heavy crankshaft trunnion surface ........................................45
2.5.1 Theory and experiment to optimize the relief on the trunnion surface..........45
2.5.2 Technology of forming a relief on the trunnion surface ...............................48
2.6 Thermal cyclic treatment of internal cylinder surfaces .........................................52
2.6.1 Problem statement ................................................................................52
2.6.2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cycling treatment (EPTCT) ..............................53
2.6.3 Principle of chemical-thermal treatment of the cylinder surface .................54
2.6.4 Equipment .............................................................................................55
2.7 Surface study .................................................................................................59
2.7.1 Properties of the hardened layer .............................................................59
2.7.2 Fundamental capabilities of EPT technology...............................................60
2.8 Device for hardening the tool holders (cams) of the cutting units
of the roadheaders and shearers ......................................................................62
2.9 Hardening of sheet steel parts .........................................................................68
2.9.1 Method of hardening sheet products .......................................................68
2.9.2 Sheet steel parts (pan bottom, mesh) .....................................................69
2.9.3 Units for electrolytic-plasma hardening of products from
sheet material .......................................................................................71
v
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
2.10 Heater constructions and their application .........................................................74
2.10.1 Electrolytic-plasma heaters ..................................................................74
2.10.2 Tools for agricultural machinery and processing industry .........................84
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal .............................................................................91
3.1 About devices for cleaning and heating sheets ....................................................91
3.2 Efficiency of electrolytic-plasma cleaning ............................................................95
3.3 Device for cleaning and heating rolled products ..................................................98
Conclusions ...........................................................................................................105
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment ........................................................106
4.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................106
4.2 Examples of equipment for surface CTT ............................................................107
4.3 CTT using soluble net anodes ..........................................................................113
4.4 CTT using micropowders in electrolyte solution .................................................116
4.5 CTT in electrolytes based on aqueous nitrogen fertilizer.....................................120
Conclusions ...........................................................................................................125
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO).............................................................................126
5.1 Equipment and technology ..............................................................................126
5.1.1 Technology features .............................................................................126
5.1.2 Design of the MAO unit ........................................................................127
5.2 Constructions of reaction chambers for MAO of surface of products..................129
5.3 Examples of MAO of parts with different configuration of working surfaces .........138
5.4 Electrolyte composition ..................................................................................140
5.5 Composition and structure of coating ..............................................................141
5.5.1 MAO of aluminum-magnesium alloys in direct current ..............................141
5.5.2 MAO of aluminum-magnesium alloys in alternating current .......................148
5.6 Oxide coating characteristics and application....................................................154
References ....................................................................................................................156
vi
List of Tables
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
5.1
5.2
5.3
Technological parameters of the electrolytic-plasma unit
Modes of electrolytic-plasma hardening of the sample surface
Comparative analysis of the efficiency of shaft hardening by electrolytic-plasma
technology and nitriding
Characteristics of the hardened layer depending on the material of the product
and technological processing parameters
Modes of electrolytic-plasma technology for cleaning and heating rolled products
Content of Cr and Si after electrolytic-plasma heating of the surface
in different modes
Content of chemical elements of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing
copper oxide powder
Content of chemical elements on the sample surface (heating temperature
is 900 °С) doped from an electrolyte containing powders of titanium oxide,
aluminum oxide and carbon
Content of chemical elements on the sample surface (heating temperature
1100 °С), doped from an electrolyte containing powders of titanium oxide,
aluminum oxide and carbon
Technical data of the reaction chamber
Phase composition of the ceramic layer
Modes and some characteristics of oxide films [106–109]
vii
34
43
52
59
104
115
116
118
118
130
147
153
List of Figures
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
Diagram of an electrolytic-plasma heater
Change in the strength of the electric field
between the surface of the product, the cathode and the anode
View of the gap between the metal cathode-1 and the liquid electrode anode-2
at electric potential voltages: a – U1 = 60–120 V; b – U2 = 80–160 V;
c – U3 = 120–200 V; d – U4 = 180–260 V; e – U5 = 240–320 V
Layout of thermoelectric junctions in the surface layer of the sample
when measuring temperature in the process of electrolyte-plasma heating
Temperatures of the surface of the product depending on the heating time (1; 2; 3)
and cooling time (4; 5; 6; 7) with periodic connection of the electric potential,
which has the following intensity: 1 – U1 = 320 V; 2 – U2 = 200 V, U1 = 320 V,
Ucool = 30 V; 3 – U = 220 V and during cooling: 4 – Ucool = 60 V; 5 – Ucool = 40 V;
6 – Ucool = 20 V; 7 – Ucool = 0 V
The hardness of the hardened layer on the surface of the iron-carbon
alloy (0.50 % C) depending on the time – t of heating and the voltage of
the electric potential – Uv = 320 V, Un = 200 V: 1 – t = 5 s; 2 – t = 15 s;
3 – t = 30 s; 4 – t = 40 s; 5 – t = 50 s; 6 – t = 60 s; 7 – t = 70 s
Diagram of the frequency of connecting the electric potential during thermal
cyclic heating: 1 – U1 = 320 V, U2 = 200 V, Ucool = 36 V;
2 – U1 = 320 V, U2 = 200 V, Ucool = 0 V
Change in the hardness of the surface layer of the alloy
sample (0.50 % C) after thermal cycling. Cooling time between
cycles is tp. Electric potential during cooling – Ucool: 1 – tp = 10 s,
cool = 0; 2 – tp = 6 s, cool = 0; 3 – tp = 4 s, cool = 0; 4 – tp = 2 s,
Ucool = 0; 5 – tp = 10 s, cool = 36 V
Layout of hardened sections on the surface of the product:
a – sections in the form of ellipses, placed in a checkerboard pattern;
b – sections located along a helical line; c, d – stripes of the hardened
surface at different angles to the generatrix of the product
Graph of changes in the hardness of the surface hardened by local areas
of the product
Schemes of electrolyte-plasma cells for heat treatment
of products: 1 – end heating; 2 – hardening of the disk periphery;
3 – hardening of the axle surface; 4 – heating with a sprayer; 5 – heating
by immersion; 6 – axle heating; 7 – heating under a layer of electrolyte
viii
5
9
9
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
list of figures
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
Change in temperature in the surface layer of the product from the time of heating
and cooling: a – on the surface (U1 = 300 V, U2 = 180 V, Στ = 20 s);
b – at a depth of 2; 4; 6 mm (U1 = 300 V, U2 = 180 V, U3 = 0, Στ = 20 s)
Change in the heating temperature and current strength from time
to time at various technological modes: a – at a voltage on the cell
of 240 V (1), 220 V (2), 180 V (3) and at 300/180 V (4);
b – graph of voltage changes 300/180 V
Change in the rate of heating and cooling of the product:
a – on the surface (U1 = 300 V, U2 = 180 V, Στ = 20s);
b – at a depth of 2 mm (1 – 50 V, 2 – 40 V, 3 – 30 V, 4 – 20 V, 5 – 0 V).
Voltage for electrolyte cells – 300/180 V, heating time – 10–20 s
Dependence of the product temperature at a depth of 6 mm on time during
heating and cooling
Change in the power density of the heat flux along the depth of the layer
at different voltages to the electrolyte cells: 1 – 280 V; 2 – 270 V; 3 – 260 V;
4 – 250 V; 5 – 240 V; 6 – 230 V
Change in temperature in the product at different voltages for electrolyte cells:
1 – 280 V; 2 – 270 V; 3 – 260 V; 4 – 250 V; 5 – 240 V; 6 – 230 V
Diagrams of technological devices intended for electrolytic-plasma hardening
of products: a, b, c – flat surface; d – end face of the part;
e – periphery of the saw blade; f – surfaces inside the cylinder
View of unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the surface of the rolls:
a – unit diagram; b – view from the side of the tailstock of the unit; c – view of
the heater and shaft rotation drive
Heater for electrolyte-plasma heating: a – heater circuit; b – heater for rollers;
c – heater for drill pipes
Universal unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment: a – general view;
b – view of the manipulator
Typical layout of a specialized area for electrolyte-plasma hardening
Unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of cylindrical parts: a – general view;
b – view of the part processed by plasma
Exterior view of reinforced locations on the drill pipe
Structure of the hardened layer
Unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of drill rods-pipes
View of the unit in the place of attachment of electrolyte heaters
Type of unit for EPTCH drill rod adapters
Appearance of hardened adapters, various options
Saw tooth hardening diagram
Diagram of immersing a saw tooth into the electrolyte cell of the heater
ix
19
21
22
22
24
24
27
29
30
31
32
32
36
37
37
38
39
39
40
41
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
2.20
2.21
2.22
2.23
2.24
2.25
2.26
2.27
2.28
2.29
2.30
2.31
2.32
2.33
2.34
Scheme of saw tooth processing with an indenter (ceramic/carbide)
Scheme of interaction of the saw with electrolyte cells
View of the saw tooth electrolyte heater
Hardening device for EPC saw tooth tops
Scheme for modeling and calculating the hydrodynamic lubrication of a sliding
friction pair with a special relief on the trunnion surface
Thickness of the lubricating layer between rubbing surfaces with a relief having
parameters: 1 – Rz = 0.6 µm; 2 – Rz = 4 µm; 3 – Rz = 8 µm; 4 – Rz = 12 µm;
5 – Rz = 16 µm
Change in friction coefficients depending on the relief and sliding speed
Volumetric graph of the change in hardness on the surface of
the crankshaft trunnion
Microsection with a graph for measuring the hardness of the hardened layer
of the shaft trunnion
Electrolyte-plasma heater for the formation of solid areas on the surface
of the crankshaft trunnion: a – diagram; b – type of working heater
Unit for hardening the main trunnions of the crankshafts:
a – unit diagram; b – type of operating unit
View of the hardened surface of the crankshaft trunnion:
a – view of the shaft; b – view of solid rectangular areas
Variants of hardening the inner surface of the cylinders:
a – hardening of the entire surface; b – hardening with stripes,
width 10–35 mm, which are perpendicular to the generatrix;
c – variant of the distribution of solid inclusions on the inner surface of the cylinder;
d – hardening with stripes 10–35 mm wide, which are performed at an acute
angle to the generating surface
Sketch of a device for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the inner surface of pipes
Unit diagram for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the inner surface of pipes/cylinders
View of the cylinder heater: a – the moment the heater is inserted into the cylinder;
b – the moment of heating-switching on the operating voltage
View of the slurry pump cylinders: a – external view of the cylinder;
b – view of the hardened surface
View of an electrolytic-plasma heater for hardening the inner surface of cylinders
Microstructure of medium carbon steel 45 after EPT
Diagram of devices for electrolytic-plasma hardening:
a, b, c – devices for hardening sheet products; d, e, f – devices for hardening
by dipping; g, h, i – devices for hardening surfaces of complex shapes. Internal,
cylindrical, flat products – 1; electrolyte cell body – 2; telescopic device – 3;
heated surface – 4; anode – 5
x
41
42
43
43
46
47
48
48
49
49
51
51
53
56
56
57
58
58
60
61
list of figures
2.35
2.36
2.37
2.38
2.39
2.40
2.41
2.42
2.43
2.44
2.45
2.46
2.47
2.48
2.49
2.50
2.51
2.52
2.53
2.54
2.55
2.56
2.57
2.58
2.59
View of the cam of the GPK-type roadheader (1 hardened layer, 10–15 mm thick)
Schematic view of a unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of cams
Schematic representation of the bath for the implementation of electrolyte-plasma
heating and cooling of the cam
Diagram of the system for electrolyte regeneration and its distribution into
the heating cells of the unit
Electrical circuit of power supply of electrolyte cells
Device for electrolyte-plasma heating in the mode of automatic control
of the electrolyte temperature by means of a pneumo-hydraulic valve
Resistance to bending of steel 35 sheet after hardening by local areas,
20 % of the nominal surface
Sketch of a reinforced welded structure of a scraper conveyor pan [72, 73]:
1 – hardened sections; 2 – bottom; 3 – sidewalls; 4 – welded seam
Hardening of a sheet with a thickness of 6 mm, local spots with
a diameter of 30 mm: a – surface type; b – cross-sectional view of the spot
with hardening to a depth of 3 mm
View of a sieve of a coal preparation machine after electrolytic-plasma hardening
Schematic view of unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of sheet products
Schematic view of a technological block for strengthening sheets
Diagram of a device with a hydrostatic rise of electrolyte-plasma heaters
View of the unit for hardening the surface of sheets
Electrolyte heater with activation of heating by a magnetic field, according
to USSR Patent 1375659 A1
Electrolytic device for heating and cleaning local surface areas according
to USSR Patent SU 1331074 A
Heater for cylindrical products according to USSR Patent SU 1537695 A1
Heating control device according to the USSR Patent SU 1481260 A1
Device for cleaning the chain according to USSR Patent SU 1611625 A1
Coating device according to USSR Patent SU 1277646 A
Universal electrolytic-plasma unit of low power (up to 5 kW) for local hardening
of wear surfaces of products
Type of unit in the adjustment and hardening mode: a – adjustment mode;
b – hardening of the seeder disks; c – harrow disk hardening
Type of hardened agricultural machine tool: a – feed grinder hammer;
b – knife for crushing feed; c – workpiece of a carbide saw;
d – beet harvester disc
Reinforced tool for agricultural machines: a – plow blade; b – forage drum lining
Long cylindrical parts, after hardening of the inner surface, cast iron
compressor cylinder
xi
63
64
64
65
66
67
69
70
70
71
72
72
73
73
74
75
77
79
81
83
85
86
86
87
87
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
2.60
2.61
2.62
2.63
2.64
2.65
2.66
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
4.1
4.2
4.3
Sketches of parts that wear locally along flat and cylindrical surfaces:
a, b – shackle of a heavy chain conveyor; c – gantry crane wheel
Wheel of a heavy gantry crane: a – view after hardening;
b – view of strengthened local places
Gear wheel: a – wheel segment; b – view of the hardened layer
at the tooth apex
Lining of a heavy ball mill after hardening: a – top view;
b – view from the lining end
Steel parts after hardening with local inclusions of 60 mm diameter,
used in the repair of railway transport; a, b – parts fixed by electric arc welding;
c – parts fixed with bolts
Type of hardened tool: a – knives for sheet bending;
b – knives for cutting rolled products
Ball joint
Diagram of an ANDRITZ electrolyte sheet peeler
Electrolyte cleaning scheme adopted at NLMP
Diagram of a device for electrolytic-plasma cleaning of a sheet, heating
and heating control
Iron hydroxides of various thicknesses and lengths on the surface of the sheet:
a – local layers of corrosion; b – scale
Layers of corrosion, scale and loose contamination of various thicknesses
and lengths on the sheet surface
Scheme of processing (cleaning) samples in laboratory conditions
View of the sheet surface after one pass of the heater: a – steel 030/CRS;
b – steel Full Hard/027
View of the surface of a Full Hard/027 steel sheet after electrolytic-plasma cleaning
Chambers for cleaning and heating rolled products
Details of the chamber for cleaning and heating rolled products:
a – dielectric body; b – anode
Schematic view of a device for heating rolled products
View of a device for heating rolled products, section through the heater
View of the bath with cameras fixed in it
General view of the device for cleaning and heating rolled products
Type of unit with 8 chambers for cleaning and heating rolled products
Unit diagram for cylinders CTT
Unit of chemical-thermal surface treatment of cylindrical surfaces
A set of equipment for the control of electrolyte-plasma heating:
a – a heater with a temperature measurement sensor;
b – type of measuring complex and electrolytic-plasma equipment
xii
88
88
88
89
89
89
90
93
93
94
95
96
96
97
98
99
99
100
101
102
102
104
108
108
109
list of figures
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
Diagram of a heater for a CTT of the inner surface of a cylinder
View of the unit in the process of chemical-thermal treatment of cylinders
Electrolyte-plasma heater: a – parts; b – assembled
Surface morphology after chemical-thermal treatment: a – local areas – diameter
30 mm; b – in stripes – width 30 mm, length 200 mm
Surface morphology with a coating obtained in a mode with heating up to 1000 °С
Surface morphology with a coating obtained in a mode with heating up to 800 °C
Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing copper oxide
powder. The numbers indicate the local surface where the elemental analysis
was carried out
Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing
powders of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon (graphite).
Surface temperature is 900 °С
Titanium concentration in the surface layer of the sample
Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing powders
of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon (graphite). Surface temperature
is 1100 °С
View of the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium specimen after CTT
in nitrogen-containing plasma: a – etched in a solution of hydrofluoric acid, 20 sec;
b – without etching
Results of hardness measurements in the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium
specimen after HTT in nitrogen-containing plasma
View of the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium specimen (0.3 % C)
after chemotherapy in nitrogen-containing plasma. Etched in hydrofluoric acid
solution – 1 min
View of the surface layer of a steel specimen (0.3 % C) after CTT
in nitrogen-containing plasma
Results of hardness measurements in the surface layer of a steel
specimen (0.3 % C) after CTT in nitrogen-containing plasma
Universal unit for micro-arc oxidation of samples and products
Type of universal units for MAO samples and products:
a – unit for large-sized parts; b – laboratory (bench-top) unit for MAO surface
of samples and small parts
Reaction chamber for micro-arc oxidation of products by immersion with
an electrolyte flow sensor: a – diagram; b – general view
Distribution of electrolyte flows in the reaction chamber of a typical
micro-arc oxidation plant
Diagram of a device for coating the walls of the combustion chamber
of a piston of an internal combustion engine
xiii
111
112
113
114
114
115
117
117
119
119
123
123
124
125
125
128
129
130
131
132
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
5.19
5.20
5.21
5.22
5.23
5.24
5.25
5.26
5.27
Diagram of the device for MAO of the inner surface of the cylinders
Technological equipment for oxidation of the end surface of the part
Formation of a protective layer on the inner surface of a cylindrical part:
a – diagram of the part and the hardened surface;
b – technological scheme of MAO
Creation of a protective layer on the outer surface of a cylindrical part:
a – part diagram; b – technological scheme of MAO
MDO of the end surface of the part: a – sketch of the part;
b – technological scheme of hardening treatment
Formation of a protective layer in a cylindrical hole of a large-sized product:
a – sketch of a hole in the product body; b – diagram of the hole walls MAO
MAO on alternating voltage of a surface of complex geometric shape on two parts
Formation of a protective layer on the surface of an extended product (pipe)
Type of heat-protective coating on the bottom of the pistons:
a – diesel engine; b – ICE
Wear-resistant coatings: a – on the surface of the end bearing;
b – on the rotor of the feed crusher
Instrument covers
Enclosures of geodetic instruments with electrical insulating and
wear-resistant coating
Parts of die tooling with ceramic coating
Chemical analysis of coating on samples of aluminum alloy 7075 (Al-Zn-Cu-Mg)
after MAO
Chemical analysis of the coating on samples of the aluminum alloy A6062 (Al-Mg-Si)
after MAO
Oxide layer obtained on a sample of AlMg after micro-arc oxidation
Mass spectrum of secondary ions obtained by bombarding an aluminum alloy
with an argon ion beam after micro-arc oxidation
Results of X-ray phase analysis of the coating
View of the sample surface after MAO in an alkaline electrolyte
with the addition of Cr2O3 micropowder
View of the surface of sample A5052 after MAO at direct current:
a – at the anodic mode with a periodic increase in voltage;
b – periodic switching to the cathodic mode
View of the surface of sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current
with a smooth increase in electric potential from 150 to 400 V
View of the surface of the sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current
with a pulsed voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase in the main electric
potential up to 400 V
xiv
133
133
135
135
136
136
137
137
138
138
139
139
139
142
143
144
145
146
146
148
149
149
list of figures
5.28
5.29
5.30
5.31
View of a cross-sectional section of an aluminum sample after MAO
with an alternating electric potential connected with a smooth increase
in voltage from 150 to 400 V
View of a thin section of a coating with imprints obtained by measuring hardness
View of a cross-sectional section of aluminum samples A6061 (a)
and A5252 (b) after MAO on alternating current with a pulsed connection
of a voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase in the main electric potential
from 150 to 400
Results of X-ray phase analysis of the coating obtained by MAO
with the connection of two samples to an alternating current electric circuit
with a pulsed voltage of 500 V and a gradual increase in the main electric
potential from 150 to 400
xv
150
151
152
153
Circle of readers and scope of application
The monograph is intended for engineering and technical workers of machine-building enterprises and institutes that specialize in the field of hardening processing of products.
xvi
Introduction
In industry, a class of machines and mechanisms is widespread, where large-sized metal
products operate under conditions of increased contact loads and abrasive wear. These are, for
example, rolling rolls, saws, ball mill linings, tool holders, drill pipes, gears, hydraulic jacks, knives,
crankshafts, cylinder-piston group and many other products used in mechanical engineering,
metallurgy and other industries. The wear and tear of these products, as a rule, begins from
local areas of the surface.
The monograph contains original technologies and equipment that ensure high efficiency
of modification of local areas of the wearing surface. The technology is based on the heating
of surface layers by electric discharges to the temperature of phase transformations and cooling with an electrolyte – an aqueous solution of an alkaline salt. This ensures the formation of
a system of hard areas that have a thickness of 1...10 mm and a hardness of 55...68 HRC.
High-speed heating of the surface layer and martensitic transformations generate elasticdeformation processes that propagate deep into the product and form compressive stresses.
The system of hard inclusions on the wearing surface prevents its wear, and the soft parts of the
surface serve for stress relaxation. Compressive stresses in the surface layer increase the fatigue
strength and rigidity of the product.
In plain bearings under fluid friction conditions, for example, when soft areas are worn,
a relief is formed on the surface with hydrodynamic wedges, which provide a separating lubricant
layer in the bearing and reduce wear. The formation of a system of solid inclusions in the inner layer
of the sliding surface of a long cylinder increases its rigidity and provides a liquid friction mode,
which significantly reduces piston wear.
Of interest are developments in the field of thermal cycling cleaning the surface of rolled
products from contamination and scale. This development can be used at metallurgical enterprises
in the preparation of the surface of rolled products before coating. The combination of heating
of rolled products and cleaning provides high adhesion and density of the coating and economically
justifies the cost of electrical energy.
The results of a search in the field of thermal diffusion surface alloying and micro-arc oxidation using alternating voltage and electrolyte-plasma heating show that such a technology can be
effective for complex alloying of local areas of the product surface and the formation of dense oxide
coatings on the surface of valve-type metal products.
The advantage of the electrolyte-plasma thermal cyclic technology for modifying local areas
of the surface of large-sized products includes: the absence of heating of the entire product and,
accordingly, its deformation, a multiple reduction in energy consumption during heat treatment,
environmental friendliness. An electrolyte based on aqueous solutions of alkali metal salts is used
many times and is easily disposed of. Only water vapor is released.
1
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The examples of the use of thermal cyclic electrolyte-plasma modification of local areas on
the surface of metal products given in the monograph show the high efficiency of the technology
in hardening existing structures.
The use of the modification technologies outlined in the monograph makes it possible to
replace alloys and significantly reduce the material consumption of machines and mechanisms
during their design.
2
1
Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma
processing
Abstract
A brief description of the process and an explanation of the physical phenomena occurring in
the implementation of the technology of electrolytic-plasma surface treatment are given. The data
on the modes and schemes of processing, the study of temperature fields, etc.
KEYWORDS
Electrolyte-plasma process, heater, heat flux, hardening, hardness of surface layers.
In mechanical engineering, complex requirements are imposed on products: for example, it
is necessary to provide resistance to abrasive surface wear and destruction under alternating
dynamic loads. These requirements made it necessary to develop a technology for local electrolyticplasma treatment (EPT), which ensures the formation of solid inclusions on the wearing surfaces of
the article. Hard inclusions, up to 10 mm thick, on the surface of the part prevent abrasive wear,
while soft (not hardened) ones serve for stress relaxation. Experimental work carried out on flat
workpieces (steel 45) showed that the system of solid inclusions increases the permissible load
on the sheet (with the same deflections) by 30–40 %. This is due to an increase in the volume of
hardened areas and the creation of compressive stresses in the product.
Additional alloying of the surface, along with an increase in strength properties, will provide an
increase in corrosion resistance. The paper presents the results of analyzes carried out on samples of steel treated with electrolytic plasma in three different modes (with Cu; Cr electrodes).
As a result, of processing, the surface layer is alloyed with elements from an electrode and an
electrolyte. The surface relief is a highly developed surface. An uneven hardening along the depth is
found, associated primarily with a different number of pulses and an uneven distribution of different
phases: FeO, Fe3O4, Cr, FeCr, Fe2O3.
The monograph provides an overview of the processes of electrolytic-plasma treatment of
the surface of metal products. Prospects for their use for modifying local areas of surfaces without heating the product are shown. Despite some differences in the materials of the processed
products and technological parameters of electrolytic-plasma treatment (EPT), these technologies
are considered as a special group of surface treatment methods. In each of these methods, there
are two characteristic phenomena: electrolysis of a liquid medium by electric current using the
difference in electrical potentials between the surfaces of the product and the electrodes; heating
of materials, plasma-chemical synthesis, carried out in the plasma of electrical discharges that are
generated in the plasma layer on the surface of the product.
3
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The phenomenon of electric discharge in water-based electrolytes was discovered by Sluginov [1]. This process was studied in the 1930s. Gunterschultze and Betz [2]. The practical use
of an electric discharge in an electrolyte was carried out for the deposition of cadmium niobate
on a cadmium anode in an electrolyte containing Nb in the 1960s by McNiell and Gross [3, 4].
In the 1970s, the formation of an oxide layer on an aluminum anode was carried out under the
conditions of an electric arc discharge by Markov and colleagues [5, 6]. Later, this technology was
improved and received the name «micro-arc oxidation» [7]. In the 1980s, the possibility of using
surface discharges for the deposition of oxides on various metals was studied in great detail in
Russia – Snezhko et al. [8–13], Markov et al. [14–16], Fedorov [17], Gordienko et al. [18–20]
and in Germany Kurze et al. [21–24]. At this stage, the first attempts at industrial application
appeared [25–27]. Scientists from the United States and China have also been involved in research in this area [28–30]. Different authors have used different names for the same technology:
«microplasma oxidation», «anodic spark electrolysis», «plasma electrolytic anodic treatment»,
«anodic oxidation by spark discharge». These are typical examples of definitions for the general
concept of plasma electrolyte oxidation (PEO).
The theory of the processes of electrolysis of electrolytes, the passage of electric current,
oxidation and heating of the surface layer of metal products are quite fully described in a number
of reviews and monographs [31–38].
At present, heating by radiation from a technological laser, electron guns, or high-frequency currents is used for hardening heat treatment of the surface of tools and machine parts. The electrolyte-plasma technology of product surface heating and hardening has been known for 50 years [33].
This technology is unique in its ability to change the surface properties of products. In the electrolyte-plasma technology, the transfer of electrical energy to the product-cathode is carried out from
the metal anode through the electrolyte and plasma layer. The plasma layer is formed from the
electrolyte material in the gap between the liquid electrode and the electrically conductive surface
of the product [33–38]. A water-based electrolyte is used as a liquid electrode. An appropriate
choice of the electrolyte composition and electrical modes provides a wide variety of processing
technologies [37]. The main reason for the limitation when used in technology is the low reliability
and stability of the heating technology. This is primarily due to the instability of the formation of an
electrically conductive (plasma) layer between the liquid electrode and the surface of the product.
In the electrolytic-plasma technology, the transfer of electrical energy to the product is carried
out from the metal anode through the electrolyte and plasma layer. The plasma layer is formed from
the electrolyte material in the gap between the liquid electrode and the electrically conductive surface
of the product [1–5]. A water-based electrolyte is used as a liquid electrode. An appropriate choice
of the electrolyte composition and electrical modes provides a wide variety of processing technologies [2]. The main reason for the limitation when used in technology is the low reliability of heating.
This is primarily due to the instability of the formation of an electrically conductive (plasma) layer
between the liquid electrode and the surface of the product. This review presents materials on the
technology of heat treatment of local areas of the surface of products. The use of special heaters
4
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
made it possible to increase the conductivity of the electrolyte jet, which, in turn, ensured the release
of energy on the heated surface, comparable in power density with the energy of the laser plasma.
1.1 Principles of electrolytic-plasma heating
The combination of processes simultaneously occurring in the electrode, in practice, these are
electrochemical systems, as well as the uniformity of the electric field and electrolysis parameters,
contribute to the wide variety of discharge characteristics observed during plasma electrolysis. Due
to this, some scientists associate the phenomena observed in plasma with the difference in the types
of discharges, such as «glow», «corona», «spark» or «plasma-arc» [38]. Estimates of the discharge
temperature also vary greatly from 800–3000 K to 3000–6000 K and even 10000–20000 K.
These differences can be attributed to the complex structure of the discharge channel, in which
a hot core (6800–9500 K) and a «cold» peripheral region (1600–2000 K), as shown by special
studies. The diameter of the discharge channel and the thickness of the zone exposed to heat were
estimated as 1–10 µm and 5–50 µm, respectively, [30, 37–47].
The distribution of electrical energy and the formation of a plasma layer can be traced on the
heater circuit (Fig. 1.1), which contains a metal anode with a characteristic size Dа and through holes.
An electrolyte flows through these holes, which at a distance H is compressed by dielectric walls to the
diameter of the outlet nozzle Dk and is directed to the surface of the product. The electrolyte speed increases in proportion to the ratio of the total area of the holes in the anode and the area of the nozzle.
Fig. 1.1 Diagram of an electrolytic-plasma heater
The interaction of electric and hydrodynamic fields in such devices is described in the works
of G. Ostroumov [31].
In the volume of the electrolyte, between the electrodes, cross effects take place. On the one
hand, the electric field creates volumetric forces of a mechanical nature in the fluid – «ponderomotive forces». These forces in the equations of hydrodynamics are added to the forces of inertial,
5
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
gravitational, baric and viscous nature. On the other hand, the hydrodynamic flows of a medium
charged with electricity with a density p carry out electric convection currents.
The interaction of electrical and hydrodynamic roles is carried out by cross-over effects.
On the one hand, electric fields of a certain configuration can create volumetric forces of a mechanical nature in a fluid – «ponderomotive forces». These forces in the equations of hydrodynamics
are added to the forces of inertial, gravitational, baric and viscous nature. On the other hand, the
hydrodynamic flows of a medium charged with electricity with a density ρ carry electric currents
of convection. These currents are added to the conduction and displacement currents, as well as
to the osmotic concentration currents of certain types of ions, which can also be in the form of
free space charges [31].
In its simplest form, the system of equations of electrohydrodynamics reflects, within the
continuum concepts of classical physics, the mathematical relationship between electric j, E, ϕ, ρ
and hydrodynamic v, p functions of coordinates (12 unknown functions in total), limited to certain
approximations [31]:
j = σE + ρv,
(1.1)
div j = 0,
(1.2)
E = −gradϕ,
(1.3)
4πρ = div(εE ),
(1.4)
γ (v ∇)v = −grad p + µ∆v + ρE ,
(1.5)
divv = 0.
(1.6)
The functions of the equations of electrodynamics satisfy Maxwell’s equations for conducting
media. For the case of stationary media, they were represented in the required approximation by the
formulas [48]: j = ∂j/∂t = 0, divj = 0, E = –grad ϕ, rot E = 0, D = εE, –W = (jE), j = σE, σ = σ(r), ε = ε(r).
The hydromechanical functions are determined by the laws of mechanics of continuous isotropic weightless inert viscous fluids [49, 50].
Equations (1.1)–(1.6) are independent of each other and constitute a closed system. Therefore, the system is in principle solvable, and the functions participating in the equations provide,
within the specified approximations, exhaustive mathematical information about the phenomena
underlying them.
Equation (1.1) reflects Ohm’s differential law for any nature or mechanism of electrical conductivity and a significant addition of the convection current rv caused by the entrainment of
electric charges ρ by the flow of a medium moving with mass speed v to relativistic. Equation (1.2)
marks the approximation of stationarity of the process – «direct current». Equation (1.3) reflects
the «weakly conducting medium» approximation. Equation (1.4) reproduces the Ostrogradsky-Gauss
6
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
relation. Equation (1.5), which is a modification of the Navier-Stokes equation for a stationary flow,
reflects the law of conservation of momentum per unit volume of the medium under the action of
a force of non-mechanical origin ρЕ. Equation (1.6) reflects the approximation of non-compressibility of the medium.
The coefficients in equation (1.5) are considered constant: γ = γo, µ = µo. The coefficients in
equations (1.1)–(1.4) represent the known functions of the coordinates σ = σ(r), ε = ε(r). When
these coefficients, moreover, also depend on the heating caused by the electric current, i.e. from
the inhomogeneous temperature distribution in the medium, then the Fourier-Kirchhoff heat equation with its coefficients must be added to the indicated system of six equations (1.1)–(1.6).
If they also depend on the local strength of the electric field, then it is necessary to add also the
ratio of the conductivity of the medium to the strength.
A simpler mathematical description of the passage of an electric current through a moving
electrolyte is based on the simple hypothesis that the total current density in the electrolyte is the
sum of the densities of only three independent currents. This is primarily a conduction current or
«migration current» – ions move relative to the enclosing liquid along or against the electric field
under the action of forces of an electrostatic nature, regardless of their own concentration or the
movement of the entire liquid. Then the diffusion current – ions of the same type diffuse under the
action of osmotic pressure relative to the surrounding liquid as electrically neutral molecules against
the gradient of their own concentration, regardless of the strength of the electric field or the
movement of the liquid. And, finally, convective current – ions move by the flowing solution, as if they
were «frozen» into a neutral liquid, regardless of the field strength or their concentration gradient.
A linear combination of three current densities in the total dissociation approximation is written for each type of ions by the Nernst-Planck relation [32],
Ji = u i pi E i −
ϕ 0u i
+ vpi ,
z i grad pi
(1.7)
here ui, zi – characteristic parameters of ions number i = 1, 2, 3, … – their mobility and valence;
pi = ni, zi, ni, ji – the local bulk density of the distribution of electric charges, the concentration of
ions and the current density due to ions of only type i; Е, v – electric field strength and mechanical
fluid flow rate; ϕо = kT/e – specific osmotic potential, equal for aqueous solutions at room temperature T = 300 K, approximately 25.9 mV; k, e – Boltzmann constant and electron charge modulus.
The linear relationship (1.7) has been tested many times and has found excellent accuracy. It is
the only determination of the current density in the electrolyte in electrochemistry. There can be
many types of ions, their interactions with each other, with electrodes and with the insulating walls
of experimental vessels can be complex, the densities of the three component currents can have
different values and directions – this is reflected in the boundary conditions – but equation (1.7)
retains its unique significance.
The total current density in the electrolyte is the sum of the densities of three independent
currents. This is, first of all, the conduction current or «migration current» – the ions move relative
7
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
to the enclosing liquid under the action of forces of an electrostatic nature, regardless of their own
concentration or the movement of the entire liquid. Then the diffusion current – ions of the same type
diffuse under the action of osmotic pressure relative to the surrounding liquid as electrically neutral molecules against the gradient of their own concentration, regardless of the strength of the electric field
or the movement of the liquid. And, finally, convective current – ions move by the flowing solution, as if
they were «frozen» into a neutral liquid, regardless of the field strength or their concentration gradient.
In an aqueous solution of Nа2СО3, ions Na+, CO–, ОН–, H+ are formed, ions with a negative charge
give off excess electrons when passing through the anode holes, cations are carried away by the
hydrodynamic flow of the electrolyte, and recombine at the cathode – the surface of the product.
There are many types of ions, their interactions with each other, with the electrodes and with
the insulating walls of the heater are quite complex, but with a large volume charge and a high
flow rate of the electrolyte, the convective current is much higher than the diffusion and migration
current, which makes it possible to ignore them in the calculation. It is only due to the hydrodynamic
component that it is possible to ensure sufficient conductivity of the electrolyte and significantly,
up to 3⋅103 W/cm2, increase the power density of surface heating.
Conversion of electrical energy into heat occurs mainly in the plasma layer on the heated surface
of the product-cathode. The distribution of energy in the heater can be represented as (Fig. 1.1),
Qk = U ak Jak − Q p − Qd ,
(1.8)
where: Qk – energy spent on heating the plasma layer and cathode; Qp – energy spent on evaporation of the plasma-forming electrolyte; Qd – radiation energy of the plasma layer; Jak – electric
current passing through the plasma layer; Uak – voltage of the electric potential in the plasma layer.
Since the thickness of the plasma layer is small (h = 2–3 mm) with respect to the length of
the layer perimeter (Dk 30–50 mm), the energy dissipation in the form of radiation (Qd) can be
neglected. Heating of the electrolyte is a consequence of the diffusion and migration current.
A predominantly convective conduction mechanism takes place in the heater, which explains the low
losses for electrolyte heating.
Experiments show that they amount to 5–10 % of the total power consumption. The main
energy costs are spent on the formation of the plasma layer and heating the surface of the product.
In the plasma layer, energy is transferred to the product in the form of a specific form of non-equilibrium electrical discharges. The discharges are in the form of a film with a low gas temperature
and a high electron temperature. They have a diffusion binding and are located near the surface of
the liquid anode electrode.
Under the influence of changing pressure at the place of discharge binding, the surface of the
liquid electrode acquires an oscillatory motion. As a result, the size of the gap between the liquid
electrode and the cathode surface changes periodically. The electric field strength in the electrolyte itself is low (up to 10 V/cm), but in the plasma layer the intensity is variable and can reach
1000–100000 V/cm (Fig. 1.2).
8
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
Depending on the strength of the electric field and the temperature of the electrolyte and
the metal cathode, five characteristic regions of interaction between the surfaces of the liquid
electrode and the product – the cathode can be traced (Fig. 1.3).
Fig. 1.2 Change in the strength of the electric field
between the surface of the product, the cathode and the anode
Fig. 1.3 View of the gap between the metal cathode-1 and the liquid electrode
anode-2 at electric potential voltages: a – U1 = 60–120 V; b – U2 = 80–160 V;
c – U3 = 120–200 V; d – U4 = 180–260 V; e – U5 = 240–320 V
The first area of dependence of the electric field voltage between the anode and cathode is U = 60–120 V. The electrolyte (liquid electrode) washes the surface of the cold
cathode (Fig. 1.3, a). The electrolyte temperatures on the cathode surface are lower than the
boiling points of the electrolyte.
The second area, U = 80–160 V, is characterized by an increase in the cathode surface temperature above the boiling point of the electrolyte. A thin vapor-gas layer appears on the cathode (Fig. 1.3, b), which reduces the current value with increasing voltage.
The surface of the cathode is not heated. Analysis of the current-voltage characteristics of
electrolyte-plasma heating when using an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) shows [3]
that with an increase in voltage after 80–160 V, the current decreases.
9
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The third area is U = 120–200 V. Sharp current fluctuations are observed, which indicates
the boiling of the electrolyte and the passage of electric discharges at different points of the
interelectrode region.
Oscillation of the electrolyte surface ensures that it touches the cathode surface, which
ensures the existence of simultaneous local heating and cooling (Fig. 1.3, c). The fourth region
is U = 180–260 V. A stable gas layer is formed between the surfaces of the cathode and
electrolyte (Fig. 1.3, d). A stable glow is observed in the cathode region, which indicates the
stabilization of the discharges and a decrease in the current. In this case, a stable vapor-gas
layer reduces the electric field strength [4]. Due to the heating of the cathode, thermionic
emission JT = 60–700 A/(cm K)2 occurs [8], which compensates for the decrease in the conductivity of the vapor-gas layer. A further increase in voltage (up to 240–320 V) increases the electric field strength in the plasma layer (Fig. 1.3), which causes autothermoelectronic emission of
electrons and the formation of electric discharges. The layer in the interelectrode space has
a stable glow (Fig. 1.3, e). The electric field strength in the plasma layer is 2–4 orders of magnitude higher than in the electrolyte (Fig. 1.3).
Electrolyte plasma treatment (EPT) is carried out by heating parts of the product surface with
electric discharges through the plasma layer. The plasma layer is formed from a water-based electrolyte material in the gap between the liquid (electrolyte) electrode and the surface of the article.
An appropriate choice of the composition of the electrolyte and modes of electrical discharges
provides a wide variety of processing technologies.
Special heaters for electrolytic-plasma treatment, (Fig. 1.1), provided control of the power
density on the heated surface in the range of 102–104 W/cm2, which expands the field of application of the technology from cleaning from contamination to thermal cycling. When performing EPO,
electrical discharges in the plasma layer create local zones of high pressure and temperature on
the metal surface, in which the processes of brittle destruction of non-metallic and organic films
and exfoliation of loose contaminants take place. This makes it possible to combine the processes
of cleaning the surface of the product and heating it to the required temperature. Experimental
work shows that when the EPO is heated, up to 80 % of the consumed electrical energy is introduced into the product in the form of heat, and the cost of equipment for the EPO is lower than,
for example, for HFC at 5–10 with the same processing performance. In addition, EPO provides
a wide range of control over the heating rate, which allows heating and hardening thick layers of the
product surface (up to 10 mm). The principal features of the heater for EPO are shown in the diagram, Fig. 1.1. The heater contains a metal anode with a characteristic size Da and through holes
for electrolyte flow. The electrolyte in the heater is compressed by dielectric walls at a distance H
to the diameter of the outlet nozzle Dk. The electrolyte speed increases in proportion to the ratio
of the area of the holes in the anode and the area of the nozzle. In the volume of the electrolyte,
between the electrodes, cross effects take place. On the one hand, an electric field acts on the
medium. On the other hand, the hydrodynamic flows of a medium charged with electricity with
a density ρ carry electric currents of convection.
10
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
Heating of the electrolyte is a consequence of the action of the current, as well as radiation.
The main energy costs are spent on evaporation and heating of the electrolyte (formation of
a plasma layer) and heating the surface of the product with electric discharges. The discharges
have the form of micro-arc discharges evenly distributed over the processing area.
1.2 Thermal cyclic hardening
Experimental work was carried out to determine the temperature on the sample surface. The
sample was made from an iron-based alloy with a carbon content of 0.3 %. The temperature was
measured with thermocouples, which were made by the method of natural thermal junction in two
layers of the sample product at a depth of 1.0 and 2.0 mm from the heated surface. The location
of the junctions is shown in Fig. 1.4.
The thermal junction was obtained by the method of pulsed electric welding of the end of
the wire made of alumel to the surface of the bottom of the hole in the sample. The thermocouples
were calibrated by heating in a muffle furnace and simultaneously measuring the temperature with
reference thermometers.
When determining the surface temperature of the sample, it was assumed that the entire heat
flux goes from the surface to the depth of the product.
It was believed that the cross section of the heated layer is tens of times smaller than the
heated area on the surface of the product and the heat flux dissipation was neglected.
T1
thermocouple
T2
thermocouple
Cathode
electrolyte
δ1
δ2
Metal anode
Fig. 1.4 Layout of thermoelectric junctions in the surface layer of the sample
when measuring temperature in the process of electrolyte-plasma heating
11
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
This assumption makes it possible to calculate the temperature on the surface of the articlecathode based on the results of experimental temperature measurements in two layers of the
sample. The results of measuring the temperature made it possible to calculate the value of the
heat flux according to the formula:
Q = qF =
λ
(T − T ) F ,
δ 1 2
(1.9)
or specific heat flux:
q=
λ
(T − T ),
δ 1 2
here Q – magnitude of the heat flux; q – specific heat flux; F – heated area of the sample;
λ – thermal conductivity of the heated material; δ – distance between thermal junctions; Т1 and
T2 – temperatures of the first and second layers in the product, respectively.
Then the temperature То of the sample surface was calculated by the formula:
То = T1+q(δ1/λ1).
(1.10)
The above formula was obtained under the assumption that the thickness of the material layer
from the surface to the first layer is δ1.
Here λ1 – thermal conductivity of the material at temperature T1; q is taken according to the
results of an experiment with measurements of temperatures Т1 and T2.
The experimental results are presented in the form of a graph of the surface temperature
change versus heating time (Fig. 1.5). Heating and cooling of the sample was carried out at different values of the electric potential.
Studies have shown that when a 320 V electric potential heater is connected to the electric
circuit, the sample surface is heated. The power density of the energy at the cathode is so high
that almost 5–10 sec later the melting of the surface layer begins. The heating rate on the surface
of the product reaches 500 °C/s (Fig. 1.5, curve 1).
With periodic switching on of high voltage electric potential (320 V) and low (200 V), a periodic increase and decrease in the heating rate is observed, which makes it possible to increase
the time and obtain a thicker heated layer (Fig 1.5, curve 2). Connecting a 200 V voltage heater
to the electric circuit is characterized by the fact that the surface practically did not heat up for
8–12 seconds (Fig. 1.5, curve 3). This is due to the fact that at the initial moment of time of
the electric circuit current jumps occur from 0 to 50–60 A/cm2, which corresponds to periodic
transitions between the first, second and third regions of interaction of the liquid anode electrode
and the surface of the product (Fig. 1.5, a–c). The duration of this process is up to 12 s. Then,
after the formation of a vapor-gas layer (Fig. 1.5, d) with a relatively low electrical conductivity σ = 0.5–0.7 Ohm–1⋅m–1, the current density drops to the nominal value: J = 5–8 A/cm2.
12
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
Experiments have shown that the time until the formation of a stable plasma layer depends on
the magnitude of the electric potential. At voltages up to 200 V, the surface of the product may
not heat up for tens of seconds (Fig. 1.5, curve 3). This is the 1st, 2nd and 3rd area of interaction
between the surfaces of the liquid electrode and the product-cathode (Fig. 1.5, a–c). A periodic
increase and decrease in the voltage of the electric potential is accompanied by a periodic transition
from the fifth to the fourth or even the third interaction region. This makes it possible to alternate
a high density of surface heating power with a low one and, as a result, obtain an average heating
rate of the surface layer of the article of 30–60 °C/s (Fig. 1.5, curve 2). The connection of the
electric potential at the moment of cooling the surface of the product allows to reduce the cooling
rate (Fig. 1.5, curves 4–7), and creates the possibility of hardening products made of an alloy with
a high carbon content. The decrease in the cooling rate is explained by the fact that the connection
of an additional electric potential increases the lifetime of the plasma layer, providing a smooth
transition from the fifth to the fourth, then to the third and second regions of interaction between
the surfaces of the liquid electrode and the product-cathode.
Fig. 1.5 Temperatures of the surface of the product depending on the
heating time (1; 2; 3) and cooling time (4; 5; 6; 7) with periodic connection
of the electric potential, which has the following intensity: 1 – U1 = 320 V;
2 – U2 = 200 V, U1 = 320 V, Ucool = 30 V; 3 – U = 220 V and during cooling:
4 – Ucool = 60 V; 5 – Ucool = 40 V; 6 – Ucool = 20 V; 7 – Ucool = 0 V
By periodically changing the density of the heating power, it is possible to obtain hardened
layers with a thickness of 0.5 mm, 1.5 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm and 9 mm (Fig. 1.6). In this
case, heating was carried out with periodic switching on of high voltage U1 = 320 V for 2 seconds
and low voltage U2 = 200 V for 4 seconds. With a total heating time of 30 seconds, the hardened
layer thickness is 4 mm.
Total heating for 70 seconds provides a hardened layer thickness of 9 mm. The experiment
was carried out on a flat sample 50 mm thick and containing 0.5 % carbon. Heating and cooling
13
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
was carried out with a heater having an outlet nozzle diameter of 35 mm. A 13 % aqueous sodium
carbonate solution was used as the electrolyte. The hardness of the hardened layer was measured
with a hardness tester.
Fig. 1.6 The hardness of the hardened layer on the surface of the
iron-carbon alloy (0.50 % C) depending on the time – t of heating and
the voltage of the electric potential – Uv = 320 V, Un = 200 V:
1 – t = 5 s; 2 – t = 15 s; 3 – t = 30 s; 4 – t = 40 s; 5 – t = 50 s;
6 – t = 60 s; 7 – t = 70 s
Analysis of the results of the experiment (Fig. 1.6) shows that the alternation of switching on
the electric potential at a voltage of U1 = 320 V and U2 = 200 V provides heating of the product surface to a depth of 10 mm. In this case, the maximum hardness of the surface layer (900 kg/mm2)
practically does not depend on the thickness of the hardened layer. The hardness of the hardened
layer of the product gradually decreases from the maximum (900 kg/mm2) to the hardness of the
base (250–300 kg/mm2) and, as a rule, does not depend on the heating time.
A periodic change in the electric field strength between the surfaces of the liquid electrode and
the product changes the power density of the surface heating, which ensures the control of the
electrolyte-plasma heating and the creation of the necessary thermal conditions for the formation
of hardening structures.
The heating power density was calculated from the experimentally measured values of current,
voltage, and heating area. The heater had an outlet nozzle diameter of 30 mm. When the voltage
of the electric current was changed from 200 to 300 V, the current value varied in the range
of 30–45 A. Accordingly, the heating power density varied from 1⋅103 to 3⋅103 W/cm2. In addition,
the ability to control the power density of electrical discharges will ensure the use of electrolyticplasma treatment in cleaning, melting and soldering technologies.
It is known that obtaining a microcrystalline structure of an alloy with higher values (20–30 %
higher) of strength characteristics, including fatigue strength, is obtained by «pendulum» thermal
cycling treatment (TCT) [41].
14
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
The TCT method includes four, five-fold heating to temperatures 30–50 °C higher and, accordingly, cooling by 50–80 °C below the transformation temperature. In the technology of heat
treatment, the TCT is carried out, as a rule, during furnace heating.
It is of interest to investigate the possibility of carrying out electrolytic-plasma thermal cycling
treatment of product surface areas.
Periodic disconnection of the electric potential provided a decrease in the temperature of the
surface layer of the product below the temperature of phase transformations [12]. Cooling of the
surface, in the pauses between high voltage connections, was carried out with an electrolyte at
a voltage Ucool = 20–36 V or even without connecting an electric potential, Ucool = 0 V. Fig. 1.7 is
a diagram of the electrical potential connection. After 2–3 heating cycles, the potential was completely disconnected or switched to Ucool = 36 V.
The heating of the product surface was started by simultaneously switching on the electric potential U1 = 320 V and U2 = 200 V (Fig. 1.7). Then the voltage was lowered to U2 = 200 V
by turning off the electric potential U1 = 320 V. Periodic switching on and off of the electric potential ensured the heating of the layer on the surface of the product above the temperature of phase
transformations.
Fig. 1.7 Diagram of the frequency of connecting the electric potential during
thermal cyclic heating: 1 – U1 = 320 V, U2 = 200 V, Ucool = 36 V; 2 – U1 = 320 V,
U2 = 200 V, Ucool = 0 V
Then, the electric potential was switched to Ucool = 36 V, which ensured the cooling of the surface layer below the temperature of phase transformations. Subsequent repetitions of the heating
and cooling cycle made it possible to implement the thermal cyclic hardening mode [41].
Experiments have shown (Fig. 1.8) that a complete disconnection of the electric potential
for tp = 6–10 seconds, apparently, leads to a cooling of the sample surface. This prevents the
accumulation of heat in the product, and the hardened layer is up to 4 mm thick.
Reducing the shutdown time to tp = 2–4 seconds almost doubles the layer thickness. Switching
the increased potential to a lower one Ucool = 36 V even for tp = 10 seconds (Fig. 1.8) does not
15
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
lead to supercooling of the surface layer. The layer thickness reaches 9 mm in three heating and
cooling cycles.
Fig. 1.8 Change in the hardness of the surface layer of the alloy
sample (0.50 % C) after thermal cycling. Cooling time between
cycles is tp. Electric potential during cooling – Ucool: 1 – tp = 10 s,
cool = 0; 2 – tp = 6 s, cool = 0; 3 – tp = 4 s, cool = 0; 4 – tp = 2 s,
Ucool = 0; 5 – tp = 10 s, cool = 36 V
Periodic increase and decrease in the voltage of the electric potential allows alternating high
power density of surface heating with a low one and, as a result, to obtain an average heating rate
of the surface layer of the product in the range of 25–150 °C/s. Connecting a low electrical potential at the time of cooling the surface of the product allows to reduce the cooling rate, and makes
it possible to harden products that are made of an alloy with a high carbon content.
By periodically changing the power density of heating by electric current, it is possible to obtain
hardened layers with a thickness of 0.5 mm, 1.5 mm, 4 mm, 6 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm and 9 mm (Fig. 1.6).
In this case, heating was carried out with periodic switching on of high voltage Uv = 320 V for 2 seconds and low voltage Un = 200 V for 4 seconds. With a total heating time of 30 seconds, the hardened layer thickness is 4 mm. Total heating for 70 seconds provides a hardened layer thickness of 9 mm.
The experiment was carried out on a flat sample 50 mm thick and containing 0.5 % carbon.
Heating and cooling was carried out with a heater having an outlet nozzle diameter of 35 mm.
A 13 % aqueous sodium carbonate solution was used as the electrolyte. The hardness of the layer
was measured with a PMT hardness tester.
Analysis of the results of the experiment (Fig. 1.8) shows that the alternation of switching on
the electric potential at a voltage of Uv = 320 V and Un = 200 V provides heating of the surface of the
product to a depth of 10 mm. In this case, the maximum hardness of the surface layer (900 kg/mm2)
practically does not depend on the thickness of the hardened layer.
16
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
The hardness of the hardened layer of the product gradually decreases from the maximum (900 kg/mm2) to the hardness of the base (250–300 kg/mm2) and, as a rule, does not
depend on the heating time.
The periodic change in the voltage of the electric field between the surface to be treated and
the liquid electrode provides control of the electrolyte-plasma heating and the creation of the
necessary heating and cooling modes for the formation of hardening structures.
Experimental work has shown that, depending on the technological conditions, it is possible to obtain hardened layers on the surface of the product, which have a thickness of 0.3
to 10 mm and a hardness of up to 68 HRC. The placement of thermally treated layers on
the surface of the product depends on the speed, the trajectory of movement of the electrolyte
heaters relative to the surface to be hardened and the design features of the heaters themselves (Fig. 1.9).
Fig. 1.9 Layout of hardened sections on the surface of the product:
a – sections in the form of ellipses, placed in a checkerboard pattern;
b – sections located along a helical line; c, d – stripes of the hardened
surface at different angles to the generatrix of the product
It is of interest to harden the surface of the product by local areas. In Fig. 1.10 shows
a three-dimensional graph of changes in the hardness of the surface layer, up to 10 mm thick.
The thickness of the hardened layers is 5–10 mm. A smooth transition from a hard layer to a soft
layer and the presence of evenly distributed hard areas provides a combination of high wear resistance with strength and the ability to work under high alternating loads.
17
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 1.10 Graph of changes in the hardness of the surface
hardened by local areas of the product
This technology makes it possible to bend the product in the hardened state, weld the product in non-hardened areas and save energy by hardening only the wearable areas of the surface.
In the volumes of metal, between the hardened areas, areas of positive stresses are formed, which
increase the rigidity of the product and the ability to resist bending, which is in great demand, for
example, for such products as crankshafts, drill pipes, hydraulic ram rod, parts of the scraper
conveyor, and other products.
1.3 Research of electrolytic-plasma cells
Heating the surface of a product is possible when it is connected both to an electric circuit
as a cathode (cathode process) and in reverse polarity (anodic process). Cathodic heating allows
to heat the surface to higher temperatures, up to reflow, and use, at the same time, one-component electrolytes, chemically resistant and not aggressive.
The anodic process is used in chemical-thermal treatment (nitriding, nitro-carburizing, sulfonitriding, etc.). With this scheme, it is possible to maintain a constant temperature of the heated
layer for a long time.
Plasma electrolyte plants usually consist of a tank (0.5–1.0 m3), a pump, a process current source, a product manipulator, and an electrolytic plasma cell, typical diagrams of which are
shown in Fig. 1.11.
The method of electrolyte-plasma heating includes an alternating change in the electric field
strength and a short-term connection of a low potential before the start of heating between
the product and an electrode immersed in a water-based electrolyte. The use of appropriate
cells is dictated by the product configuration and the requirements of the hardening technology.
18
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
A low voltage in the electrolyte cells is necessary in order for a vapor-gas layer of increased
ohmic resistance to form on the heated surface. This allows immediately after switching on the
operating voltage to start heating this layer.
Surface heating studies have shown that without preliminary formation of a vapor-gas layer,
the surface heating delay, regardless of the layer depth, can reach 10–15 seconds (Fig. 1.12).
Fig. 1.11 Schemes of electrolyte-plasma cells for heat treatment
of products: 1 – end heating; 2 – hardening of the disk periphery;
3 – hardening of the axle surface; 4 – heating with a sprayer; 5 – heating
by immersion; 6 – axle heating; 7 – heating under a layer of electrolyte
a
b
Fig. 1.12 Change in temperature in the surface layer of the product
from the time of heating and cooling: a – on the surface (U1 = 300 V,
U2 = 180 V, Στ = 20 s); b – at a depth of 2; 4; 6 mm (U1 = 300 V,
U2 = 180 V, U3 = 0, Στ = 20 s)
19
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
This makes it difficult to obtain a stable heating technology and to ensure high quality hardening.
In addition, after heating the surface of the product, it is important to ensure the required rate of
its cooling, which is also ensured by connecting an additional low potential to the electrolyte cell
and during cooling. With an increase in the voltage of the electric potential, upon cooling, the rate
of temperature decrease will greatly decrease. Research has shown that it is possible to use the
same potentials, both when preparing a product for heating and when cooling (Fig. 1.12, b). The
mechanism of the potential influence during cooling, in fact, as well as during preparation, consists
in the creation and maintenance of a vapor-gas layer, which has good thermal insulation properties.
Experimental verification was carried out on an electrolyte heater in the form of a metal bath
measuring 250–250–100 mm. The electrolyte (an aqueous solution of soda ash 12–15 %) was
supplied through a sprayer fixed in the bottom of the bath. The product was immersed from above
to a depth of 5.0 mm. Thermocouples with XK graduation were built into the product to various
depths, which were connected to a secondary device of the KSP type.
A welding rectifier with a voltage of 20–50 V, adjustable rectifiers 150–220 V, and a thermistor switching system were used as a source of technological current. To ensure high-quality heating, a fundamentally new method was developed, which consisted of periodically connecting undervoltage and overvoltage. The hardening technology was controlled by setting the time of periodic
switching on of low and high voltage. Fig. 1.13 shows, as an example, a graph of the control of the
process voltage with a switching frequency of 2 s.
Simultaneous measurements of the current strength and surface temperature at different
electrical potentials showed that at a high voltage (240 V) the heating rate is so high that almost
8 s later the surface melting began, a voltage drop to 220 V had little effect on the heating rate,
but at a voltage of 180 the heating process is no longer stable, it is characterized by sharp fluctuations in the technological current and it is practically impossible to heat the surface until it melts.
At the initial moment of supplying the process current, due to the instability of the process, the
current fluctuates within 40 A (Fig. 1.13).
Studies of heating the product when connecting periodically varying voltages of 300 V and
180 V (switching period 2 s) showed that the heating current, almost instantly, dropped to 80 A
and further, as the temperature rises, the current gradually decreases. Thus, periodic connection
provides an almost linear change in the heating rate and high technology stability.
The results of measurements of the temperature of the heated surface of the product in the
layer at a depth of 2 mm and 6 mm, as well as the temperature in the interelectrode space, show
that without preliminary connection of the reduced potential, the temperature of the electrolyte
in the interelectrode gap is equal to 30–50 °C, and the temperature of the heated surface, after
30 seconds heating, 200 °С lower than when heating with a preliminary connection of a potential
of 20 V. This, apparently, is due to the instability of the process when connecting the technological
potential. The preliminary switching on of the 20 V potential reduces the duration of the unstable
mode from 10 to 1 second, which is practically sufficient for technological purposes. In this case, the
temperature of the electrolyte in the interelectrode gap increased to 40 °C at a flow rate of 7.0 l/min.
20
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
Fig. 1.13 Change in the heating temperature and current strength
from time to time at various technological modes: a – at a voltage on
the cell of 240 V (1), 220 V (2), 180 V (3) and at 300/180 V (4);
b – graph of voltage changes 300/180 V
An increase in the pre-activation potential no longer affects the stability of the start of the
heating technology, but the electrolyte temperature rises sharply and at 50 V it is 60 °C even at
a flow rate of 16 l/min. It is known that the lowest electrolyte resistance is in the temperature
range 45–50 °C. Experimental data make it possible to determine that switching on a voltage
of 20–50 V for 2–3 seconds makes it possible to form a vapor-gas layer of increased resistance
on the surface of the product and to increase the temperature in the interelectrode gap until its
minimum resistance is reached.
This makes it possible to ensure the stability of the electrolyte-plasma heating technology without
spending energy on heating the electrolyte in the tank. The study of the heating rate of the surface
layers of the product, depending on the pre-switching voltage, showed (Fig. 1.13) that the most stable heating rate at a voltage of 20 V. temperature range of martensitic transformation. Connecting
a reduced voltage to the electrolyte cell at the time of cooling the heated surface reduces its speed
in the range of 300–400 °C. At the same time, with an increase in the voltage value up to 40–50 V,
the cooling rate approaches the cooling rate in a special cooling medium (10–20 °C/s) (Fig. 1.14).
21
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 1.14 Change in the rate of heating and cooling of the product: a – on the surface (U1 = 300 V,
U2 = 180 V, Στ = 20s); b – at a depth of 2 mm (1 – 50 V, 2 – 40 V, 3 – 30 V, 4 – 20 V, 5 – 0 V).
Voltage for electrolyte cells – 300/180 V, heating time – 10–20 s
Technological modes (voltage value of the electrolyte cell) affect heating regardless of the depth
of the heated layer (Fig. 1.15).
Fig. 1.15 Dependence of the product temperature
at a depth of 6 mm on time during heating and cooling
22
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
Temperature measurements show that even after the end of the exposure time to the technological current, the bed temperature rises for another 5–10 seconds. Comparison of the rate of
temperature change in the layer at a depth of 2 mm (Fig. 1.14) and at a depth of 6 mm (Fig. 1.15)
shows that the effect of potential stress during cooling is more significant at a greater depth.
Depending on the magnitude of the electric potential between the surfaces of the electrode
and the product, conditions are formed in the electrolyte cells for the formation of micro-arc discharges in the vapor-gas layer on the heated surface of the product. By changing the density and
power of micro-arc discharges, by changing the voltage value, it is possible to control the cooling
rate of the heated surface of the product (Fig. 1.14, 1.15).
The research experiments were carried out on samples of steel 45. Heating was carried out
at a technological voltage of 280 V for 50 seconds.
After heating to the temperature of phase transformations, the voltage dropped in 4 s
to 80 V. When the voltage was lowered, film boiling was observed on the surface of the product,
accompanied by micro-arc discharges.
In this case, the heated surface is slowly cooled to 400 °С. After switching off the electric
potential, the electrolyte nucleate boiling mode is realized on the surface, which is accompanied
by a higher cooling rate. Analysis of the qualitative characteristics of the heat-strengthened surface showed that its hardness increased to 62–64 HRC, microcracks and defects on the surface
were not observed.
1.4 Study of heat flows
As a result of measuring the temperature and subsequent calculations, the dependences of the
change in the density of heat fluxes (Fig. 1.16) and temperature (Fig. 1.17) on the depth of the
heated layer and the electrical conditions for the electrolyte cells were obtained.
Analysis of the results of the experiment shows that the power density of the heat flux greatly
decreases in the depth of the product, which is due to heat dissipation and losses due to structural
transformations. The power density of the heat flux through the surface during electrolytic-plasma
heating changes almost 2 times with an increase in voltage by 40 V.
It is of practical interest to calculate the permissible rate of temperature change during heating without surface melting. An example of practical calculation of heating the surface of a product
made of steel 40X with an EPP area of 16.3 cm2 and a consumed power q = 0.33⋅102 W/cm2
showed that the heating rate is 17–26 °C/s, while the surface temperature is 1172 °C, the heating time is 90 sec, energy efficiency more than 30 %.
Of practical interest is the estimation of the value of the maximum penetration Zmax of the
isotherm with a given value of the hardening temperature Tq. Experimental verification of the calculation formulas showed that for modes characteristic of hardening the tool holders of mining
machines: t = 90 sec; l = 800/1172 = 0.68: Zmax = 15 mm.
23
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 1.16 Change in the power density of the heat flux along the depth
of the layer at different voltages to the electrolyte cells: 1 – 280 V; 2 – 270 V;
3 – 260 V; 4 – 250 V; 5 – 240 V; 6 – 230 V
Fig. 1.17 Change in temperature in the product at different voltages
for electrolyte cells: 1 – 280 V; 2 – 270 V; 3 – 260 V; 4 – 250 V;
5 – 240 V; 6 – 230 V
24
1 Theoretical principles of electrolytic-plasma processing
The critical energy flux densities for achieving the required heating depth depend not only on
the thermophysical characteristics of the metal, but also on the product configuration, technological features of cooling, and heater efficiency. To warm up a local area of a product weighing 10 kg
to a depth of 15 mm, the heating time should be 90 s. The permissible rate of temperature change,
according to the calculation, is 40–50 °C.
For these conditions, the critical energy density (steel 40X at Tmax = 870 °C and heat treatment
time 90 s) is qcrit = 1.8⋅106 W/m2.
The experimental work carried out confirmed the feasibility of electrolytic-plasma heating of
a large class of products using combined power sources that ensured periodic switching on of
high voltage 240–300 V, medium voltage 180–220 V and low voltage 20–50 V with switching
periods of 2–10 s. In this case, it is possible to vary the heating and cooling rates of the hardened
surfaces within a wide range.
25
thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT)
2 Electrolytic-plasma
of engineering products
Abstract
The schemes of technological devices for the implementation of electrolytic-plasma processing
of products of various configurations are presented. The industrial units for thermal cycling treatment of various tools and machine parts are described. The efficiency of the technology is shown in
comparison with traditional methods of surface hardening.
KEYWORDS
Thermal cycling, structure refinement, hardening of the inner surface of the cylinder, drill pipes,
saws, agricultural tools, machine parts, efficiency.
2.1 Features of heating technology
The study of the plasma zone in the electrolyte heater at the cathode shows that a specific
form of non-equilibrium electric discharge is formed in the gap between the electrolyte layer (liquid
anode) and the surface of the product – the cathode. The discharge has the form of a distributed
film with a low gas temperature and a high electron temperature. It consists of many streamers.
A streamer is a weakly ionized thin channel that forms from a primary avalanche in a sufficiently
strong field and grows in one or the other or in both directions to the electrodes; at the breakdown
threshold of the flat gap – from the anode itself to the cathode. The streamer root is diffusively
bound to the liquid anode electrode, which has a large surface area. The energy flux density to the
anode is not high. The anode spots move and jets of superheated steam escape from them. Charges
are transferred along these jets to the streamer root. In this discharge, there are no cathodic
and anodic constrictions, and the discharge has the form of a diffuse one with distributed regions.
The following mechanism can be proposed for the formation of streamers directed to the
cathode. Under the influence of variable gas pressure, the electrolyte surface acquires vibrations.
As a result of these vibrations, the gas gap between the liquid electrode and the cathode surface
changes greatly. The electric field strength in the electrolyte is low (up to 10 V/cm), but in the gas
gap the strength is variable and can reach 1000–100000 V/cm.
This is the result of periodic changes in the cross section of the gas layer.
The current density in streamers and the frequency of their formation is limited by the ability
of the liquid anode (electrolyte) to conduct electric current. Conductivity ions of the electrolyte
are insufficient to maintain a high power density of energy at the cathode surface. The electrical
26
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
conductivity of the electrolyte is c = 20–40 Ohm–1⋅m–1. The electric field strength in the cathode (gas) region is 2–4 orders of magnitude higher than in the electrolyte.
The transport of the required amount of ions from the metal anode is also carried out by the
hydrodynamic component. With a large volume charge and a high flow rate of the electrolyte, the
component of the dynamic electrical conductivity is greater than the electrostatic one, which
makes it possible to significantly (up to 104 W/cm2) increase the energy power density on the
surface of the product – the cathode.
Positive ions of carbon, nitrogen and metals create a layer adjacent to the heated surface of
the product – the cathode. Electric discharges pass through this layer and intensify the processes
of mass transfer. The introduction of an appropriate water-soluble salt into the electrolyte ensures
the alloying of the product surface with elements that form positive ions.
In Fig. 2.1, the most typical schemes of electrolyte-plasma heaters are shown. Depending
on the requirements for the product, heaters form different types of electrolyte cells (EC) in the
interelectrode region [42, 44, 51–55].
Fig. 2.1 Diagrams of technological devices intended for electrolytic-plasma
hardening of products: a, b, c – flat surface; d – end face of the part;
e – periphery of the saw blade; f – surfaces inside the cylinder
For example, to strengthen the outer surface of a drill rod or a flat surface of a sheet, the
heater has the shape of a circular nozzle (Fig. 2.1, a, b), and the EC has the shape of a flat disk.
To increase productivity, processing can be carried out simultaneously with 2–6 heaters (Fig. 2.1, b).
The design parameters of the heater determine the efficiency of the process. To strengthen the hole,
heaters have been developed, where the axial drain of the electrolyte is implemented (Fig. 2.1, c).
EC has the shape of a flat ring. Heating of the end face of the part, for example, the end face
of the sleeve, is carried out by immersing the surface into an anode cup filled with electrolyte (Fig. 2.1, d). EC has the form of a hardened surface, which is immersed in an electrolyte.
27
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The periphery of a part such as a saw or a disc is hardened using a heater that is supplied from the
bottom of the product (Fig. 2.1, e). Hardening of the inner surface of the cylinder is carried out
by a small-sized heater, which is introduced into the product (Fig. 2.1, e).
By changing the heating mode, by controlling the electric field strength, it is possible to control
the heating and cooling rate of the surface layer of the product, providing the thermal mode necessary for the formation of hardening structures [44].
Periodic disconnection of the electric potential provides a mode of thermal cycling treatment of
the product surface. Surface cooling, in the pauses between the connection of the increased voltage,
is carried out at a reduced voltage (Ucool = 20–36 V) or without potential connection, Ucool = 0 V [42].
By periodically switching on and off the electric potential, the layer on the surface of the
product is heated above the temperature of phase transformations. Then, by completely switching
off or switching the electric potential strength by 36 V, the surface layer is cooled below the
temperature of phase transformations. The subsequent repetition of the heating and cooling cycle
makes it possible to implement the thermal cyclic hardening mode [42].
2.2 Principal diagrams of units and description of technology
Electrolytic-plasma units are designed to harden the surface of products with various configurations (Fig. 2.1), for example: flat sheet, hole edge, shaft, roller, rod, saw teeth, inner surface of
a long cylinder and other parts. The process of electrolyte-plasma hardening is carried out by heating
the surface of the product with electric discharges in the plasma layer, which are formed between
the layer of an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (anode) and the metal surface of the product (cathode) [53, 54].
Heating is carried out by electric current, which flows through the plasma layer from the anode to
the cathode. The power density of energy can be in the range of 0.5–1.5⋅103 W/cm2. The modified layer
can be discrete and continuous. The thickness of the hardened parts of the layer reaches 2–10 mm. The
spaces between the hardened areas have a low hardness, which increases the strength of the product.
The optimal range of speed of movement of the surface of the product relative to the heater
or heater relative to the surface of the product is 300–1200 mm/min. It is possible to move the
heater along the generatrix of the cylindrical product – 20–30 m per revolution.
The heater is brought to the surface from below so as to provide a 2–3 mm gap between the surface of the product and the edge of the heater. When moving the heater, the size of the gap is maintained by a ceramic stop or hydrostatically due to the special design of the heater mounting rod [53].
The unit can be made on the basis of a welding manipulator, which has the ability to fix and
rotate a roll (roller). To move the heater, a traverse is selected, which is installed so that it is possible to move the heater along the generatrix of the working surface of the product. It is possible to
use other mechanisms for fastening, rotation and linear movement of products [55, 56]. Fig. 2.2
shows a diagram of a typical unit for the electrolytic-plasma hardening of cylinders and shafts.
28
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
a
b
c
Fig. 2.2 View of unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the surface
of the rolls: a – unit diagram; b – view from the side of the tailstock of the unit;
c – view of the heater and shaft rotation drive
The unit is made on the basis of a standard manipulator (lathe or milling machine, welding manipulator) [56]. The product is fixed in the machine spindle. The spindle is equipped with a device for
supplying electrical energy. The electrolyte heater is fixed on the machine support and is fed under
the surface to be hardened or inserted into the cylinder bore. The tank with the pumping station
can be installed under the machine support or at a distance from the machine. The electrolyte is
fed into the heater at a constant rate. From the heater, electrolyte flows into the tank. The tank
has a system of heat exchangers and sedimentation tanks. In Fig. 2.2, b, c shows a view of the
unit for hardening shafts. The heaters are fixed in the process tank, which is installed on the cross
arm bracket, under the surface to be hardened. The electrolyte is pumped to the heaters from the
intermediate tank.
The electrolyte is fed into the intermediate tank by gravity due to the difference in electrolyte
levels. Electrolyte supply is switched on by solenoid valves. From the process tank, the electrolyte
flows by gravity into the intermediate tank where the pump is installed. The pump transfers the
electrolyte to the main tank. In order to protect against electrolyte leakage, the solenoid valve and
the pumps are switched on simultaneously.
29
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
A standard converter of electrical energy (it is possible to use the converter for air-plasma
cutting) is additionally equipped with a control unit. This unit has a system for temperature control
as well as a system for switching on the process voltage. The unit provides control of the heating
and cooling rate. The periodic switching on of the electric potential allows to create a system of
solid inclusions on the surface of the product. The product is attached to a standard manipulator.
An electrolyte heater is brought under the product, which is included in the electrical circuit as an
anode. The product is a cathode. The electrolyte from the tank is pumped into the heater and closes
the electrical circuit between the anode electrode and the surface of the product. Fig. 2.3 shows
a diagram of the heater, which is mounted in the intermediate tank – 1. This tank is used to collect
electrolyte and overflow it into the system for cooling and supply.
a
b
c
Fig. 2.3 Heater for electrolyte-plasma heating:
a – heater circuit; b – heater for rollers; c – heater for drill pipes
The heater is attached to the walls of the tank – 1 by means of a special bracket – 2, which
provides electrical insulation and its movement along the height due to the electrolyte pressure.
The electrolyte passes through electrode – 3, which has through holes and is included in the electrical circuit by the anode.
Under electrolyte pressure, the heater rod – 4 extends and provides a more accurate adjustment of the gap between the heated surface – 5 and the edge of the heater – 6. The electrolyte
is fed into the heater from the system through holes – 7.
A universal unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment (Fig. 2.4) contains: a sealed tank for 2 m3 – 1;
non-conductive box with a transparent (sliding) cover – 2; an electrolyte heater is installed inside
the tank – 3; which is fixed on the arm two portal manipulators – 4; the part/samples are fixed in
a three-jaw chuck – 5, which rotates by an electromechanical drive – 6; the heater is connected by
a flexible wire with an energy converter – 7; control panel of converter, portal and manipulator – 8.
On the top of the box there are technological holes for connecting the exhaust ventilation.
Supply ventilation is provided through the slots in which the hand of the portal and manipulator
moves, which excludes their contamination during electrolyte-plasma heating. A hydraulic system
30
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
is installed in the tank of the unit for supplying and controlling the flow of electrolyte, as well as for
cleaning and cooling it. Electromechanical drives for the portal – 4 and manipulator – 6 are moved
outside the active part of the unit.
a
b
Fig. 2.4 Universal unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment:
a – general view; b – view of the manipulator
This design makes it possible to conduct electrolytic-plasma processing in the cathodic and
anode modes, to observe the technology through transparent dielectric covers, to easily replace
parts and adjust the technological mode. The removal of electromechanical drives outside the active
area of the unit ensures their protection from splashes and electrolyte vapors and excludes failures.
The safety of the unit operation is ensured by interlocking contacts for closing transparent
covers and the presence of a jet in the exhaust ventilation. A break in the interlocking contacts
(switching off the ventilation or opening the cover) leads to a power cut-off of the electromagnetic
relay of voltage input to the converter.
Fig. 2.5 shows a typical layout of the site for electrolytic-plasma hardening, which contains
standard equipment: 1 – shaft rotator; 2 – tailstock of the rotator; 3 – traverse; 4 – traverse
carriage; 5 – traverse fastening; 6 – tank; 7 – electric current converter; 8 – fence; 9 – door to the
fence; 10 – control panel; and non-standard equipment; 11 – block of electrolyte-plasma heaters;
12 – intermediate tank with a pump for pumping waste electrolyte; 13 – hydraulic system: solenoid
valve, intermediate tank, pump for electrolyte supply.
Transport pipelines for the electrolyte are made of a dielectric flexible hose Dy = 11 mm for
feeding and Dy = 20–24 mm for draining the electrolyte by gravity.
The specialized unit is made on the basis of a welding manipulator, equipped with an electric
current converter, a control panel and a tank with a pump. A heat exchanger is installed in the tank.
The EPP unit consists of a manipulator of bodies of revolution with a built-in regulator of rotation speed, electrolyte heaters, which are installed on a traverse having two degrees of freedom
of movement (along the product and along the height). A heater is fixed under the surface of the
31
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
product to be hardened. Hardening is carried out by electric current, which is passed through an
electrolyte electrode over a plasma layer adjacent to the surface of the product. The energy power
density is 1–1.5⋅103 W/cm2.
Fig. 2.6 shows an unit for researching the technology of electrolytic-plasma treatment,
which contains: a programmable complex for measuring the surface temperature and control of
the technological mode of electrolyte-plasma heating – 1; three-coordinate manipulator control
panel – 2; electric energy converter – 3; manipulator drive – 4; exhaust fan – 5; protective
shields – 6; electrolyte tank – 7; hydraulic block for electrolyte supply control – 8.
Fig. 2.5 Typical layout of a specialized area
for electrolyte-plasma hardening
a
b
Fig. 2.6 Unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of cylindrical parts:
a – general view; b – view of the part processed by plasma
The unit (Fig. 2.6, b) contains: an electrical insulating bracket – 1 from a two-coordinate portal manipulator; rod – 2 for fixing the heater and electrolyte supply; ceramic heater – 3. The heater
is pushed into the cylindrical hole of the product – 4, which is fixed with a three-jaw chuck – 5.
32
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
The electrolytic-plasma unit contains:
– system for electrolyte supply (tank, pump);
– electrolyte regeneration system;
– electrical energy converter (220, 300 V);
– remote control;
– electrolyte heater;
– product manipulator.
The operation of the unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening includes the following technological
operations:
– the product is installed in a special mandrel of the unit spindle, above the open surface of
electrolyte heaters;
– when lowering the protective cover of the tank for fixing electrolyte cells, the interlocking
contacts are closed and the unit is ready for operation;
– switching on the electric potential and the pumping station is carried out by the «start»
button and the automatic switch, respectively;
– electrolyte, filling the cells, closes the electrical circuit between the anode electrode and the
workpiece to be treated. From this moment, the process of electrolyte-plasma treatment begins;
– the process is repeated until the entire surface of the product has been processed. After
the end of the processing, the electric current converter and the valve for supplying the electrolyte
are turned off;
– filling of electrolyte-plasma cells with electrolyte is carried out through an electromagnetic valve;
– the electrolyte is drained from the heaters into the intermediate tank. The electrolyte is
pumped out of the tank by a pump;
– the entire processing cycle is monitored by instruments and signal lights;
– the ends of the current lead from the rectifier (+) are connected to the electrolyte cells;
the ends from the rectifier (–) are connected to the product by means of a current collector;
– using a time relay, the operating time (switching on) of the rectifiers and the order of their
switching on are set (see the operating instructions for the program time relays);
– effective voltage and actual current values are determined by the devices on the control
cabinet panel;
– electrolyte cells are filled with electrolyte and complete the electrical circuit.
Technological parameters are shown in Table 2.1.
Switching of electrolytic-plasma units to the continuous hardening mode is carried out in the
following order:
– switching on the electrolyte supply;
– switching on ventilation;
– turning on the shaft rotation;
– switching on the power electric circuit (300–340 V);
– turning on the feed, moving the heater along the generatrix of the shaft.
33
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Table 2.1 Technological parameters of the electrolytic-plasma unit
Parameter name
Dimension
Value
1. The gap between the heated surface and the heater
mm
From 2 to 4
2. Voltage of rectifiers
V
34, 200, 320
3. Working current
A
50–200
4. Heating time
sec
From 1.0 to 9.0
5. Pause time
sec
From 0.5 to 2.0
6. Electrolyte consumption
m3/hour
1–5
7. Mass fraction of soda ash in the electrolyte
%
12–15
After hardening the surface of the product, the power circuit is turned off, the movement of
the heater, the rotation of the product, the supply of electrolyte, and ventilation.
The implementation of the second stage of work involves heating the surface according to the
cyclogram. For this, it is necessary to have a control panel for the cyclogram. The cyclogram assumes
turning on simultaneously high (300–340 V) and low (200–220 V) voltage for 2–5 seconds, then
turning off the high (300–340 V) voltage for 2–5 seconds, then connecting high voltage and so on.
This makes it possible to increase the heating time of the local surface up to 30–50 sec and to warm
it up to the temperature of phase transformations. The thickness of the heated layer is 5–10 mm.
Checking the operation of the rectifier switching modes is carried out at idle using a stopwatch
and a voltmeter. Checking the efficiency of the unit in the mode of electrolytic-plasma hardening
is carried out according to the readings of the ammeter and stopwatch, as well as the results of
metallographic studies and industrial tests.
To ensure the stability of the technology, as well as the long-term and uninterrupted operation
of the unit, it is necessary to carry out daily and periodic inspections of the unit in accordance with
the operating instructions. To prepare the electrolyte, the consumption of soda ash (Na2CO3) with
a mass fraction of Na2CO3 up to 15 % is required.
The heaters are fixed in the process tank, which is installed on the cross arm bracket, under
the surface to be hardened. The electrolyte is supplied to the heaters by gravity, due to the difference in electrolyte levels in the main tank and in the heaters. Electrolyte supply is switched on
by solenoid valves. From the process tank, the electrolyte flows by gravity into the intermediate
tank, where the submersible pump is installed. The pump transfers the electrolyte to the main tank.
In order to protect against electrolyte leakage, the solenoid valve and the pump are switched on
simultaneously. Soda ash consumption is up to 240 kg per year. Erosion of the anode mesh is up to
0.5 mm per week of work. The mesh is made of steel X18H9T. Changes after 2–3 months of work.
Water is consumed for the formation of plasma and evaporation in the process of cooling the
heated surface. The concentration of soda in the electrolyte is periodically monitored, water is added
to the tank and the consumption of soda is compensated.
34
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
2.3 Hardening of drill pipes and drilling rig connectors
Drill pipes are the main connecting link of the rotor (rotator) with the rock destructive tool. In
conditions of increasing depths, forced conditions and increasing power, high quality drill pipes, working rods, heavy bottoms and other elements of the drill string are required. At the same time, drill
pipes are the most vulnerable part of drilling equipment. For example, in rotary drilling, statistics have
established that 60 % of all accidents occur as a result of abrasive wear and breakage of drill pipes.
A string of drill pipes is an elastic system that, during drilling, perceives loads that vary in
magnitude and direction. It is subjected to stretching, twisting and bending. The wear of drill pipes
due to the friction of the string against the borehole wall weakens their strength and is often the
cause of accidents.
Key elements of a drill string are main drill boring, drill pipes, tool joints, subs, and drill collars.
In addition to the pipe-to-pipe connection, drill pipes are connected using the following elements,
which also wear out:
1) nipples connecting the ends of the pipes along the internal thread and at the same time
maintaining the outer diameter of the pipes;
2) couplings connecting the ends of the pipes along the external thread and while maintaining
the inner diameter of the pipes;
3) locks, consisting of two elements, screwed onto the ends of pipes and connected to each other
with a special thread; in this case, both the outer and inner diameters of the pipes are not preserved.
All technologies for hardening the surface of pipes and fittings using welding, heat treatment and
electrode surfacing have been tested at different times and, despite the achieved increase in wear
resistance of parts, have limited application. The reason for this is the softening of parts as a result
of secondary heating after surfacing or chemical-thermal treatment, as well as a change in geometric
dimensions (leashes). In addition, the high cost of surfacing materials and powders for spraying dramatically reduces the effectiveness of hardening drilling rig parts. Plasma hardening or HFC hardening
on the untreated surface of the product is not effective.
To increase the wear resistance and strength of the pipe, it is proposed to create solid inclusions and compressive stresses on its outer surface and along the top of the thread. Solid inclusions should prevent abrasive wear, and compressive stresses should increase the fatigue strength
of the product and increase the bending resistance [57].
We have developed a method, which consists in creating solid inclusions inside the surface
layer of the product. These inclusions are formed by electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic hardening (EPTCH), where the surface of the product is heated by electric energy, which is converted into
heat at the border with the electrolyte – an electrically conductive renewable liquid layer. Cooling
is carried out with the same electrolyte [57].
Experiments have shown that the creation of solid inclusions inside the surface layer of the
product leads to the creation of an extremely high level of compressive stresses, which increases the fatigue strength and bending resistance. This allows to recommend this technology for
35
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
hardening products that operate under high bending loads, for example, drill pipes and fittings
(adapters, nipples, etc.).
The EPTCH process is carried out on units with the following scheme: the product is installed
on any standard manipulator; an electrolyte heater is brought under the product, which is included
in the electrical circuit as an anode. The product is a cathode. The electrolyte from the tank is
pumped into the heater and closes the electrical circuit between the electrode (mesh anode)
and the surface of the product through the electrolyte (aqueous salt solution). Fig. 2.3 shows
a diagram of an electrolyte heater, which is mounted in the tank. This tank serves to collect and
overflow electrolyte into the system for its supply.
Conversion of electrical energy into heat occurs mainly in a thin layer adjacent to the product.
Analysis shows that the conductivity of this layer is two orders of magnitude lower than that
of the electrolyte jet, which makes it possible to maintain a high electric field strength in it, up
to (0.5–1)⋅106 V/m and provide a large voltage drop.
Micro-arcs are formed between the liquid anode, which is formed by the heater and the surface of the product (cathode). They are formed in the vapor-gas layer as a result of fluctuations
in the surface of the liquid electrode and a local increase in the electric field strength. Since the
discharge gap of micro-arcs is relatively small (h = 1–2 mm at dc>>h), the energy losses in micro-arcs are insignificant, mainly, the energy is spent on heating the surface. The plasma-forming
material is a water-based electrolyte, the same electrolyte is used to cool the heated surface. To
increase productivity, processing can be carried out simultaneously with 2–6 electrolyte heaters.
Rapid heating and cooling of local sections of the pipe surface provides the formation of hard
micro-structured areas with a smooth decrease in hardness to the base of the product (Fig. 2.7).
The volume of these surface areas increases (due to martensitic transformations) and compressive
stresses are formed between the inclusions, which multiply the strength of the product.
Relatively soft areas of the surface provide the possibility of bending the pipe without destroying it. The technology allows varying the rate of heating and cooling (50–400 °C/s) and, accordingly, the thickness of the hardened layer 1–10 mm.
Fig. 2.7 Exterior view of reinforced locations on the drill pipe
36
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
The hardness of the hardened layer is within 60 HRC. A high rate of heating and cooling
ensures the formation of hardening structures with a smooth transition to the base metal of the
product (Fig. 2.8). The thickness of the transition layer is 0.2–1 mm.
The configuration of the hardened layer depends on the design of the heater and can be round,
square, annular or elliptical with a characteristic size of 10–45 mm. The hardness of the inclusions is:
on steel steel 35XHSA – 50–55 HRC, on steel 40X – 55–60 HRC, on steel 65H – 60–68 HRC. The
creation of a system of solid inclusions on the surface of products provides a multiple increase in wear
resistance and compressive stresses in the surface layer of the product, which increase its strength.
The technological unit for EPTCH for hardening the surface of drill rods-pipes and fittings was
developed on the basis of a welding manipulator (Fig. 2.9).
Fig. 2.8 Structure of the hardened layer
Fig. 2.9 Unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of drill rods-pipes
37
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening of drill rods-pipes [57] contains manipulator – 1 (pipe
rotator), electrolyte heater – 2, exhaust ventilation screen – 3, pipe support – 4, intermediate
tank trolley – 5. View of heated the section in the pipe hardening plant is shown in Fig. 2.10.
The unit contains: a cartridge for fastening a pipe – 1; drill pipe – 2; heated surface areas – 3;
intermediate tank – 4; heater attachment point – 5; electrolyte supply pipeline – 6.
Fig. 2.10 View of the unit in the place of attachment of electrolyte heaters
The operating mode of the unit is set by the power density of the plasma heating, the number and
speed of movement of the heaters. The productivity of one heater is 60 sections/hour. The diameter
of one hardened section is 35 mm. The consumption of electrical energy for the production of one
hardened section with a diameter of 35 mm is 0.12 kW/h. The power density is 1–2⋅103 W/cm2.
To harden a single piece, such as a 250 mm drill pipe coupling, four strips of hardened sections must be created. The stripes are shifted relative to each other by half the distance between the sections. The distance between the sections is taken not less than the diameter of
the section. Therefore, to harden one part, it is necessary to produce 11×4 = 44 (sections).
Or spend 44×0.12 = 5.28 kWh. The machine time for the production of hardening of one part will
be 44×30 (s) = 0.36 hours. Let’s accept an auxiliary time equal to 0.14 hours. The total hardening
time for one part is 0.5 hour (30 min). With an eight-hour working day, the hardening capacity
on one unit will be 16 parts. Electricity consumption will be 5.28×16 = 84.48 kW/h. The capacity
of the unit is proportional to the consumed power.
An electrolyte heater with a characteristic outlet size of 40 mm was used to strengthen
the products for fixing the drill adapters. The heating and cooling cycle of one switch was 50 s.
The power density during heating reached 2.4–103 W/cm2. The unit (Fig. 2.11) was based on welding equipment, which had mechanisms – 1 for fixing products and rotation, as well as a mechanized
ruler – 2 for moving electrodes – an electrolyte heater – 3. Under the hardened product there
is an intermediate tank – 4 for collecting electrolyte.
38
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Fig. 2.11 Type of unit for EPTCH drill rod adapters
Above the unit is fixed a screen – 5 for exhaust ventilation, and at the end of the unit there
is an adjustable tailstock – 6, which is designed to support the products. A system of local solid
inclusions with a diameter of 40 mm and a hardness of 60 HRC was created on the surface
of various drill rod adapters using EPTCH (Fig. 2.12).
The creation of a system of solid inclusions that perceive wear loads and provide compressive
stresses in the surface layer of the product increases their performance. Unhardened surface
areas provide stress relaxation.
Fig. 2.12 Appearance of hardened adapters, various options
Tests have shown that local hardening of a product increases bending resistance by 30–40 %,
which makes it possible to use this technique to strengthen products that operate under high
bending loads, such as drill pipes. The serviceability of the drill pipe adapters after hardening has
increased 2–3 times.
The technology of electrolyte-plasma thermal cyclic hardening (EPTCH) is effective for hardening such products as: adapters, pods, rods (pipes) of drilling rigs, pan bottoms, tool holders in
the mining and ore industry.
39
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
2.4 Saw tooth hardening
The most common tool for cutting metal workpieces is saws. The saw tooth works in cramped
conditions that limit heat dissipation, in the presence of abrasives and shock loads. The most
heavily loaded saws are in metallurgy, for example, when cutting rolled products. Analysis of the
existing technologies for hardening and operation of circular saws for cold cutting of bent shaped
rolled products made it possible to assume that secondary hardening of the saw tooth tip may be
the most acceptable, Fig. 2.13. The creation of a harder nano-structured layer – 2 at the top – 1
tooth is possible with the use of heating and cooling methods that provide speeds in excess
of 500 °C/s. The high heating rate provides fast heating of a thin layer of the tip, without heating
the base – 3 teeth, which will exclude its softening. To create a rapidly hardened layer on the tip
of the saw tooth, a technology was developed and a special electrolyte-plasma hardening device
was manufactured [58, 59].
Fig. 2.13 Saw tooth hardening diagram
The basic principles of hardening technology include immersing the ends of the tooth by
1/2–3/4 of their height in a water-based electrolyte (15 % soda ash solution), Fig. 2.14. An electric current is passed through the electrolyte from the anode to the saw teeth (cathode). A plasma
layer appears on the outer surface of the teeth touching the electrolyte conductive medium, which
heats the surface to the temperature of phase transformations [59].
Hardening of all saw teeth is carried out by sequentially dipping the tops of the teeth into the
electrolyte. In this case, the teeth are introduced into the electrolyte cell by the rear surface.
Several teeth from 8 to 16 are heated at the same time, and 2 to 4 teeth are introduced into the
electrolyte during the time before switching the electric potential. This allows for uniform heating
and cooling of all saw teeth. For diffusion modification and deposition of alloying elements on the
heated tooth surface, they are introduced into the electrolyte. An electric field with a strength
of up to 106 V/m ensures the transport of elements to the heated surface and their diffusion into
the surface. The deposition of alloying elements on the heated surface of the tooth and its friction
40
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
against the surface of the ceramic indenter, with the stimulating action of an electric current,
provides a high diffusion rate. In Fig. 2.14, the layout of indenters accelerating diffusion processes
is shown. Ions of alloying elements in the surface layer of the tooth form solid solutions and chemical compounds in the form of borides, carbides or nitrides.
Such processing provides directed movement of alloying elements into the surface and electrospark alloying with hard alloys, for example, tungsten carbides, which increases the redness and
hardness of the posterior surface and apex of the tooth [60].
The saw teeth heated above the temperature of polymorphic transformations are sequentially
removed from the electrolyte while smoothing them against a hard, cold indenter (Fig. 2.15), which
stimulates diffusion. In addition, the combination of smoothing with cooling ensures the implementation of the mechanical heat treatment mode with the effects inherent in this treatment.
Fig. 2.14 Diagram of immersing a saw tooth
into the electrolyte cell of the heater
Fig. 2.15 Scheme of saw tooth processing
with an indenter (ceramic/carbide)
41
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.16 shows a diagram of the interaction of the saw with electrolyte cells-heaters [58].
The immersion of the tooth in the electrolyte up to 3/4 of its height provides heating up to half the
height, but the heating temperature is uneven.
Fig. 2.16 Scheme of interaction of the saw with electrolyte cells
The maximum heating temperature on the cutting edge of the tooth, which is 100–150 °C
higher than the temperature of polymorphic transformations of the alloy used for the manufacture of the saw. The saw teeth made of steel 9XC make it possible to overheat the cutting edge
to 1200 °C, and when it is removed from the electrolyte, cool it in air to 400–450 °C due to heat
dissipation into the saw mass and electrolyte evaporation.
The following processing modes are optimal: the linear speed of movement of the teeth of the
samples is 300 mm/min, which ensures the movement of one tooth per second or when turning
on 280 V for 2 s, two teeth are inserted at increased voltage, and with simultaneous processing
of 12 teeth, three increase cycles and three a cycle of lowering the voltage for each tooth [39].
Recommended modes of electrolytic-plasma hardening of the surface of the samples are shown
in Table 2.2.
A specialized unit for hardening the teeth of a metallurgical saw is shown in Fig. 2.17, 2.18.
A drain container is installed on the bed, inside of which there is a heater (Fig. 2.17). On the
spindle – 1, the saw is attached – 2, the tops of the saw teeth are heated – 3 when they are
immersed in the heater – 4, which is fixed in the drain tank – 5.
42
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Table 2.2 Modes of electrolytic-plasma hardening of the sample surface
Steel
grade
Immersion of the
tooth (h) in the
electrolyte mm
Current, A
Voltage, V
Hardening
Pause
Heating time, s
Hardening
Pause
Saw characteristic
dimensions, δ×d×D, mm
9KhFM
1/2h–3/4h
30–35
280
1.9–2
8×100×600
180
0.3–1
The unit contains (Fig. 2.18): a pressure tank – 1 with electrolyte, a rotator – 2 saws – 3
with a built-in speed controller and an electrolyte heater cell – 4. Saw – 4 is installed on the horizontal spindle of the unit so that its teeth are immersed in the electrolyte cells to a technologically
determined depth [58].
Fig. 2.17 View of the saw tooth electrolyte heater
Fig. 2.18 Hardening device for EPC saw tooth tops
43
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The unit contains a frame – 5, which contains the rotation mechanism of the circular saw.
The rotation mechanism is equipped with a spindle fixed in bearing supports and connected to the
drive motor by means of a gear reducer.
The processing of circular saws was carried out using electrolytic-plasma hardening. Circular
saws were used at the AO Severstal plant. They were made of chromium/molybdenum/vanadium
steels of the 90KhFM type (0.8–0.9 %; 0.3–0.6 % Mn; 0.15–0.35 % S; 0.15–0.30 % V;
0.4–0.7 % Cr; 0.3–0.7 % Mo) [39].
Heater anodes are made of corrosion-resistant steel 12X18H10T. The anode of the heater
is connected to the positive pole of a variable voltage constant current source. A 15 % solution
of soda ash in water was used as an electrolyte.
The electrolyte circulates in the hardening device forcibly in a closed loop: tank – pump – pressure tank – heater, drain tank – tank. The forced circulation system of the electrolyte promotes its
homogenization and cooling, which additionally stabilizes the plasma heating condition.
The hardening device provides a rotational speed of the saw blade from 0.0003 to 0.01 s–1.
The immersion depth of the saw teeth in the electrolyte is adjusted by moving the spindle in the
vertical direction. The teeth are immersed to a depth of 1–4 mm.
To carry out the hardening process, the circular saw – 2 is fixed on the spindle – 1. Then the
circular saw is brought into rotation, the pump of the forced circulation of electrolyte system is
turned on and the circular saw is lowered until its teeth are immersed in the electrolyte filling
heater – 4 to the required depth. A constant voltage Un is supplied to the anode – heater and
cathode – circular saw. On the surfaces of the teeth immersed in the electrolyte of the heater – 4,
a plasma arc is excited and burned. As each of the teeth of the rotating saw blade passes through
the heater, they quickly heat up to the hardening temperature.
The study of various modes of hardening was carried out on circular saws with a diameter
of 580 mm with the number of teeth n = 240. It was found that at Un = 260 V, the rotational
speed of the circular saw is 0.008 s–1 and the voltage Uо = 26 V, the hardness of the tops of the
hardened teeth was 60–62 HRC. This satisfies the hardness requirements of the hardened saw
blade teeth. The plasma arc burned evenly during heating, the saw blade remained cold.
To eliminate overheating of the sharp edges of the teeth, a pulsed heating mode was developed, according to which the voltage Un abruptly changes during the heating process in accordance
with the cyclogram. At a voltage of Un = Un1 = 260 V, the current density is 7–10 A/cm2, a stably
burning plasma arc intensely heats up the teeth of the circular saw. Since the duration of the pulse
with voltage Un1 is limited by time t1, overheating of the sharp edges does not occur. After the
time t1, the voltage Un decreases to Un2 = 180 V for a period of time t2, the plasma arc continues
to burn, but the current density decreases to 4–6 A/cm2 and the intensity of the heat release of
the plasma arc. During this period, the teeth are warmed up to a certain depth without the danger
of sharp edges melting, and the temperature of their surface decreases. At the next voltage pulse
Un1 = 260 V, the surface of the teeth again intensely heats up, but over a period of time τ1, the
temperature of the sharp edges does not reach the temperature of overburning and melting, after
44
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
which the voltage again abruptly drops to Un2 = 160 V, and during the time τ2, occurs equalization
of temperature along the cross-section of the tooth apex. Consequently, during the residence of
each of the teeth in the heater 5 sec their temperature rises continuously to the hardening temperature (820–870 °С), and overburning and melting of sharp edges can be avoided.
The use of impulse heating provided defect-free cold-cutting circular saws with hardened tooth
tips having a hardness of 60–62 HRC. The microstructure of the hardened area is a «white» fine-lamellar martensite, which is poorly amenable to metallographic etching and has high wear resistance.
2.5 Modification of the heavy crankshaft trunnion surface
2.5.1 Theory and experiment to optimize the relief on the trunnion surface
To increase the antifriction properties of the shaft surface, thermal and chemical-thermal
processing methods are used. These methods, as a rule, are energy intensive and do not solve the
problem of lubricating the friction surfaces at low speeds, for example, when starting the engine.
An electrolytic-plasma technology has been developed and equipment has been manufactured
for the formation of local hard areas on the surface of the crankshaft trunnion of diesel engines
with a thickness of up to 5 mm and a hardness of 55–62 HRC. After grinding, a special relief is
formed on the surface, which provides hydrodynamic lubrication in the plain bearing. The technology
for creating a relief provides multiple energy savings and is environmentally friendly.
Studies show [61] that it is possible to form an optimal relief on the trunnion surface in a plain
bearing, which provides a liquid friction mode and, accordingly, reduces friction losses and the temperature of the wearing surfaces. The parameters of the peaks and valleys on the trunnion surface,
which characterize the relief, are selected depending on the operating conditions.
To calculate the characteristics of the optimal relief on the working surface of the trunnion in
a sliding bearing, the isothermal motion of a viscous incompressible fluid in a gap with a periodically
changing cross section was considered [61, 62], Fig. 2.19. The change in the cross-section of the
gap between the rubbing surfaces is due to the shape and frequency of placement of the tops and
troughs of the relief.
The opposite surface, the inner surface of the plain bearing, is assumed to be smooth. In this
case, the fluid motion in the gap was written by a system of second-order nonlinear partial differential equations [63].
Taking into account that the thickness of the lubricating layer is small (5–15 µm) at the top
of the relief, then the calculation neglected the fluid flow across the layer, Vz = 0.
The volumetric forces were excluded from the calculation, which is due to their smallness in
comparison with the viscosity forces. The equations of fluid motion were written in partial derivatives
taking into account the hydrodynamic pressure in the fluid layer p (Pa); dynamic coefficient of viscosity µ (Pa/s); the components of the speed of fluid movement along the X, Y, Z axis are Vx, Vy, Vz.
45
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.19 Scheme for modeling and calculating the hydrodynamic
lubrication of a sliding friction pair with a special relief on the trunnion surface
By integrating the equations and substituting into its solutions the values of the thickness
of the lubricating film hо and the linear speed V, an expression was found for the hydrodynamic
pressure on the surface of each top of the relief [63]:
Px , y =
µVB 2 2 α (1 + 2α )
πβ
− 4α ,
2
h0 L
(1 + α )
(2.1)
where α = h0 Rz – relative thickness of the lubricating layer; Rz –height of the top of the relief,
microns; β = L B – relative width of the hydrodynamic microcline; B, L – longitudinal and transverse distance between the tops of the relief, respectively, microns.
Analysis of equation (2.1) shows that if acan vary within 0.1–1, then β changes within 1–100.
The parameter α = h0 Rz is hydrodynamic, reflecting the complex interaction of the parameters
of the relief, lubrication and friction conditions. Based on experimental data, this parameter is set
within 0.5. The parameter β = L B characterizes the method of obtaining the relief. For the conditions for creating a relief using electrolyte-plasma technology, this parameter has a value of 1–10.
Total hydrodynamic force:
n
P = ∑ Px , y ,
(2.2)
1
where n – the number of microroughnesses.
The area of the top of the relief, where the hydrodynamic pressure develops, is determined by
the formula S = BL/2.
Equation (2.1) is solved for a specific sliding friction unit, where the contact pressure and
the nominal contact area are known. It is assumed that the total hydrodynamic force P is equal
to the load or the product of the contact pressure and the contact area. To solve the equation,
let’s take the values of the dynamic viscosity coefficient, the minimum permissible thickness of
the lubricating film and the values of the sliding speed. The equation is solved with respect to the
46
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
following relief parameters: the height of the tops of irregularities, the longitudinal and transverse
distances between them.
The theory was tested on models. The relief on the surface of the shaft was formed by rolling
with balls. The main characteristic of the relief was its height – Rz was taken within 10. The sliding
friction unit was lubricated with the Industrialnoe-45 mineral oil.
Studies on measuring the thickness of the lubricating layer have shown (Fig. 2.19, [63]) that
depending on the sliding speed and the height Rz of the top of the relief, the lubricant layer changes
at the top of the unevenness of the relief ho. The thickness of the oil layer reaches 16 microns.
The lubricating layer increases with increasing sliding speed (Fig. 2.20).
Fig. 2.20 Thickness of the lubricating layer between rubbing
surfaces with a relief having parameters: 1 – Rz = 0.6 µm; 2 – Rz = 4 µm;
3 – Rz = 8 µm; 4 – Rz = 12 µm; 5 – Rz = 16 µm
On the bearing surface, which had no relief (Rz = 0.6 µm), no grease layer forms. Research
shows that there is no lubricant layer on the shaft surface up to the friction speed V = 4 m/s. The
formation of a lubricating layer in the speed range of 4–10 m/s can be explained by the hydrodynamic effects of shaft vibration. The greatest thickness of the lubricating layer is 8 µm at a sliding
speed of 10 m/s. At higher speeds, the thickness of the lubricating layer decreases due to heating
of the surface and a decrease in the viscosity of the lubricating fluid.
On the surface of the trunnion, which has a relief (Fig. 2.20, Rz = 6–20 µm), a lubricating layer is formed in the entire range of the studied speeds (Fig. 2.21). Accordingly, friction
losses are 2–3 times lower than with friction in the bearing, where the trunnion has a smooth
surface (Fig. 2.21).
The relative thickness of the lubricating layer, which was measured at the tops of the trunnion surface relief, depends on the sliding speed. It varies within 0.5–2. Studies show that the
shape of the relief peaks, which is characterized by the value of, has a decisive influence on the
tribotechnical characteristics. For a ground surface (Rz = 0.6 µm) the value of has a value in the
47
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
range of 0.01–0.001. Such a relief on the trunnion surface does not provide an opportunity for the
formation of a hydrodynamic lubricating layer.
Fig. 2.21 Change in friction coefficients depending
on the relief and sliding speed
When the specimen slides over the surface, which has a relief β>1 (Fig. 2.20, graph 2–4),
a lubricating layer is formed in the entire range of the studied speeds (0–14 m/s). Accordingly,
friction losses are reduced (by 2–3 times), Fig. 2.21.
2.5.2 Technology of forming a relief on the trunnion surface
An electrolyte-plasma technology has been developed for the formation of solid projections of
the relief on the surface of the crankshaft trunnions for diesel engines [64, 65]. Using this technology, hard areas 25 mm wide are created on the working surface of the shaft trunnion, which
periodically alternate with soft areas of the surface, Fig. 2.22.
Fig. 2.22 Volumetric graph of the change in hardness
on the surface of the crankshaft trunnion
48
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
With B = 25 mm, the longitudinal distance between the top of the relief, respectively, and
L = 50 mm, the transverse distance between the top of the relief, the relative width of the hydrodynamic microcline will be equal to β = 2 (Fig. 2.22).
Hard surface areas have a microcrystalline structure with a smooth transition to the structure
of the base metal (Fig. 2.23).
Fig. 2.23 Microsection with a graph for measuring
the hardness of the hardened layer of the shaft trunnion
Hard areas have a lower machinability than soft ones, which, after abrasive processing, ensures the formation of a relief (Fig. 2.24).
a
b
Fig. 2.24 Electrolyte-plasma heater for the formation of solid areas on the
surface of the crankshaft trunnion: a – diagram; b – type of working heater
The relief consists of hard, wear-resistant protrusions and depressions, which have a depth
of up to Rz = 15 µm with a width of B = 25 mm. The minimum allowable thickness of the lubricating
layer at the top of the relief can be 5 microns and, therefore, the relative thickness of the lubricating layer α = 0.3. An analysis of formula 1 shows that at minimum speeds, at the moment of
the start of movement, a lubricating layer of 5 µm is formed at the top of the unevenness, even
49
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
at a contact pressure of hundreds of MPa. With an increase in speed, the load capacity of the
bearing increases and, accordingly, the minimum thickness of the lubricant layer at the top of the
unevenness increases. Formula 1 is simplified; more detailed theoretical calculations, methodology,
and experimental results are given in [64].
When the diesel engine is running, the gap in the crankshaft bearing is filled with grease. The depressions on the axle surface contain micro-volumes of oil. When the surfaces move on the side walls
of the cavities, hydrodynamic wedges are formed, the carrying capacity of which depends mainly on
the viscosity of the lubricating fluid, the sliding speed and the angle of rise of the hydrodynamic wedge.
Calculations using the formula show that the thickness of the lubricating layer above
the top of the relief can be from 10 to 20 µm and depends mainly on the parameters of the
relief (Fig. 2.21–2.23). The special relief provides a fluid friction mode even at low shaft rotation
speeds. In this case, the oil is captured by the depressions of the relief and moves to the loaded
bearing area, which excludes frictionless modes without lubrication, reduces friction losses, surface temperature and wear.
The formation of a special relief is provided by heating to the hardening temperature of the
surface sections of the shaft trunnion. Heating is carried out by electric discharges in the plasma layer, which is formed between the surface of the product and the liquid electrode (electrolyte) [64–67]. An aqueous solution based on an alkali metal salt is used as the electrolyte. The
heated surface is cooled with the same electrolyte. The heating device contains a housing made of
a dielectric material and a metal anode with characteristic dimensions Da (Fig. 2.24). The anode
has holes through which the electrolyte flows to the cathode (heated surface).
Energy is mainly spent on heating the cathode QS – the surface of the product. The dissipation of
energy Qd is small, which is due to the small thickness of the layer h (2–3 mm), compared with the active heating area limited by the diameter of the outlet nozzle of the heater Dk (perimeter S = 300 mm).
Changing the geometric ratios of the heater Da /DC, h/H and electric modes provides control over
the heating and cooling rate of the product surface in the range of 20–500 °С/s, with a specific
surface heating power of 103–104 W/cm2 [66, 67].
Electrolytic-plasma technology provides a hardened layer thickness from 1 to 10 mm on the
surface of a product made of steel 0.5 % C.
When the heating time changes during the electrolytic-plasma treatment, the depth of the
hardened layer changes, for example, at 40 s treatment, the surface layer is hardened to a depth
of 10 mm, at 7 S – up to 1 mm.
The maximum hardness of the hardened layer (900 MPa) does not depend on its thickness
and gradually decreases from the maximum hardness to the hardness of the base and, as a rule,
does not depend on the heating time [66]. The crankshaft trunnions were hardened on a special
unit (Fig. 2.25). The crankshaft is fixed and periodically rotated by an amount equal to the distance
between the hardened sections.
Processing is carried out by a hinged heater, which is installed on the crankshaft trunnions.
The unit is completed with an electrolyte tank, pump, power supply, temperature control system.
50
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
The electrolyte is supplied to a heater, which is housed inside a dielectric material housing. The
heater has a built-in sensor that detects the radiation of the heated surface and sends a control
signal to the electric power control system of the heater.
The technology is carried out in the following order. On command from the control panel,
voltage is applied, which provides heating of the surface area above the temperature of phase
transformations. Then the voltage is turned off, the surface is cooled with an electrolyte. After
cooling, the tempering mode is carried out, cyclic heating of surface areas to a temperature of
150–200 °C and cooling.
In the process of periodic repetition of the heating/cooling/turning technology, a system of hard
areas is formed on the surface of the shaft trunnion. Heating for 25–35 seconds and cooling with
an electrolyte creates hard rectangular areas 20×50 mm on the trunnion surface, a hardened layer
up to 5 mm deep, and a hardness of up to 60 HRC (Fig. 2.26).
a
b
Fig. 2.25 Unit for hardening the main trunnions of the crankshafts:
a – unit diagram; b – type of operating unit
a
b
Fig. 2.26 View of the hardened surface of the crankshaft trunnion:
a – view of the shaft; b – view of solid rectangular areas
51
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The analysis of the work performed showed that the proposed technology is environmentally
friendly and energy-saving. According to the technology adopted earlier in production, a large-sized
crankshaft (≈1500–2000 kg) was nitrided in a chamber electric furnace of the CHA 13.45.16/6 m
type (furnace load – 3 shafts, nitriding time – 72 hours).
The consumption of electrical energy for processing one shaft is 6075 kWh. The thickness of
the hardened layer reaches 0.5 mm. Electrolytic-plasma treatment is carried out at significantly
lower energy consumption – 30 kW·hour. The thickness of the hardened layer reaches 5 mm.
A comparative analysis of the efficiency of shaft hardening when using electrolytic-plasma
technology and nitriding in a shaft furnace is shown in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3 Comparative analysis of the efficiency of shaft hardening by electrolytic-plasma technology
and nitriding
Shaft hardening technology
Steel
grade
Energy conProcessing
sumption, kW/h time, h
Electrolytic-plasma
40
30
In a chamber electric furnace of
the CHA 13.45.16/6 m type
34ХН1М 6 075*
Hardened layer
Hardness, Layer thickHRC
ness, mm
5
60
5
72
60
0.5
*the given data are calculated on one shaft
With the same hardness –60 HRC, the electrolytic-plasma technology provides a 10 times
thicker layer, which is important for damping the load in a heavily loaded bearing. The analysis
showed (Table 2.3) that the electrolyte-plasma technology consumes 200 times less electric
energy and 13 times more efficiently than the replaced nitriding technology.
2.6 Thermal cyclic treatment of internal cylinder surfaces
2.6.1 Problem statement
The industry uses long cylinders. These are cylinders of hydraulic jacks, pumps, cannon barrels,
engine and compressor cylinders, etc. High requirements for the strength of products limit the use
of volumetric methods of thermal and chemical-thermal treatment.
Two types of electrolytic-plasma technology are proposed: thermal cycling (EPTCT) of the
inner surface of the product and modification of surface properties (EPM) by means of its electrolyte-plasma chemical-thermal treatment.
Electrolyte-plasma technologies are carried out by introducing an electrolyte heater inside the
cylinder and heating by electric arcs between the surfaces of the product and the liquid electrode.
Electric arcs are formed in a plasma layer containing alloying elements. A solution of metal salts
52
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
in water is used as a liquid electrode. Cooling is carried out with the same electrolyte. Electrolyte
heaters can be made with geometric dimensions that provide processing of the inner surface of
a cylinder with a diameter of up to 60 mm to a depth of 10 m.
It is possible to create local hardened areas located on the surface according to a certain law.
For example, in Fig. 2.27 shows a diagram of the arrangement of round sections in a checkerboard
pattern, in a line or in a solid surface layer.
Fig. 2.27 Variants of hardening the inner surface of the cylinders:
a – hardening of the entire surface; b – hardening with stripes, width 10–35 mm,
which are perpendicular to the generatrix; c – variant of the distribution
of solid inclusions on the inner surface of the cylinder; d – hardening with stripes
10–35 mm wide, which are performed at an acute angle to the generating surface
This arrangement ensures the creation of compressive stresses in the surface layer and the formation of plastic, uniformly distributed surface areas, which, as they wear, form cavities for lubrication
and ensuring the transition to a liquid friction mode. The area of these areas is 100–300 mm2. The
depth of the heated layer can be 0.1–10 mm. Hard surface areas serve as treads for abrasive wear.
Electrolytic-plasma treatment of the inner surface of the cylinders is also possible in sections
in the form of continuous strips.
2.6.2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cycling treatment (EPTCT)
Surface areas are heated with an electric current, which is passed through an electrolyte
electrode over a plasma layer adjacent to the surface of the product. The surface of the product
is cooled with the same electrolyte at a reduced power density of electrical energy. A periodic
change in the strength of the electric current changes the power density and, accordingly, the
surface temperature. The power density of electrical energy during heating is 1–3×104 W/cm2,
and upon cooling up to 100 W/cm2. The thermal cycling mode is carried out by periodically heating
53
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
the surface of the product above the phase transformation temperature and cooling it below the
transformation temperature.
Electrolytic-plasma technology provides on the surface of the product the creation of a system
of solid inclusions (Fig. 2.27), which can have a round, square, annular or oval shape.
These inclusions have a higher wear resistance (hardness) and create compressive stresses in the
surface layer. Untreated, soft surface areas provide relaxation of stresses generated during operation.
2.6.3 Principle of chemical-thermal treatment of the cylinder surface
The essence of the process of electrolyte-plasma heating consists in the formation of a partcathode of a water-based electrolyte composition on the surface to be hardened and maintaining
the plasma layer for the time required for heating.
When hardening, an electrolyte is used based on water-soluble salts containing such alloying
elements as carbon, nitrogen, molybdenum, tungsten, chromium, etc. This makes it possible to obtain these elements in a plasma layer that is adjacent to the heated surface. The electrostatic field
forms a layer with positively charged elements on the heated surface of the product. Combined cyclic heating of alloying elements and the surface of the product ensures diffusion and chemical-thermal treatment. Abnormally high hardness during hardening by this method is explained by diffusion
processes, non-oxidative heating, and rapid cooling of the surface, cleaned of dirt and oxides.
Processing can be carried out in local areas without heating the entire product. The cyclic
change in the temperature of the surface layer of the product intensifies the diffusion process.
The change in temperature is controlled by a change in the strength of the electric field in the gap
between the surfaces of the product and the liquid electrode.
Electrolytic-plasma technology also provides on the surface of the product hardened areas in
the form of a solid surface (Fig. 2.27, a), strips without overlap (Fig. 2.27, b), as well as strips
located at an acute angle to the generating surface (Fig. 2.27, c).
For hardening processing of the inner surface of long cylinders and the formation of microrelief, new
technological methods and unit design are used: processing modes, electrolyte composition, as well as
designs of electrolyte heaters and technology automation systems. For processing long cylinders, it is
possible to simultaneously form an optimal microrelief of the surface and harden the surface layer by creating compressive stresses; the use of local chemical-thermal treatment of surface areas; combination
of technologies for thermal cycling and chemical-thermal treatment of local areas of the inner surface.
From traditional technologies, laser technology can be used to harden the inner cylindrical surface. Compared to laser technology, electrolyte-plasma technology has the following advantages:
1. The technology allows heating with a large spot (d = 20–60 mm), which has a uniform distribution of power density over the spot, which allows heating the surface layer to a depth of 10 mm.
2. The coefficient of efficient use of electrical energy in the proposed technology is many times
higher than in laser technology.
54
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
3. Cooling is carried out with the same liquid, which provides effective cooling of thick layers
and, accordingly, simplifies the technology.
4. The presence of a transparency window in the electrolyte allows introducing temperature
control sensors, automating the heating and cooling process and ensuring high quality.
5. Controlling the power density within 103–105 W/cm2 allows to control the heating rate
and heat up to the transformation temperature, both thick layers (up to 10 mm) and thin (up to
100 microns).
6. Cooling with an electrolyte while inducing an electric current intensity makes it possible to
control over a wide range the rate of cooling of the product surface.
7. The use of electrolytes containing alloying elements makes it possible to carry out chemical-thermal treatment simultaneously with thermal cycling.
8. The transmission of power through the copper conductor makes it possible to machine
small-diameter cylinders of large lengths without power loss depending on the length.
9. Costs for the purchase and operation of electrolytic-plasma equipment are lower than those
for equipment of traditional methods of heat treatment.
10. The productivity of electrolytic-plasma processing by local areas to a depth of 5 mm is
1 m2/hour with a consumption of electrical energy of 15 kW/hour. Power density is 1×103 W/cm2.
11. The productivity of modifying the entire surface without breaks to a depth of 0.1 mm is
1 m2/hour at an electrical energy consumption of 5 kW/hour. Power density is 3×103 W/cm2.
12. Processing performance is proportional to the power expended.
13. EPTCT increases bending resistance by 30–40 %. The formation of the surface relief
reduces friction losses by 2–3 times.
2.6.4 Equipment
The unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the heater of the inner surface of pipes includes the following main components (assembly units) of the equipment: manipulator by product (standard); tank and electrolyte supply system; electrolyte heaters; electric current
converter; non-contact temperature control system; automated control system for heating
and manipulator.
The electrolyte heater is fixed on a special long traverse and has the ability to linearly move along
the axis of the product – pipe – 1 or cylinder (Fig. 2.28). There is a supply of electrolyte and electric
current along the axis of the heater. The ends of the wire from the rectifier (+) are connected to
the solid electrode-anode – 2; the ends from the rectifier (–) are connected to the product (through
the current collector).
The heater (Fig. 2.28) moves inside the cylindrical surface and has corresponding supports – 3. The spent electrolyte flows down the lower surface of the pipe into the tank. This ensures the cooling of the pipe.
55
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.28 Sketch of a device for electrolytic-plasma
treatment of the inner surface of pipes
Units for electrolytic-plasma treatment of the inner surface of pipes/cylinders can be made on
the basis of a welding manipulator (Fig. 2.29). The unit is equipped with an electric current converter, systems for contactless control of the surface temperature of the product, a digital signal
converter, a numerically programmable device and a computer.
Fig. 2.29 Unit diagram for electrolytic-plasma treatment
of the inner surface of pipes/cylinders
The power supply of the heater is a transformer/rectifier. It consists of three separate devices
with a rated operating voltage (V) of power supplies, power supplies 340, 320, 300, 280, 260;
supporting 220, 200, 180, 160 and preparation 60, 40, 20.
The transformer control unit (CU) can consist of a time relay or be made on the basis of
a numerically programmable device with surface temperature correction from non-contact sensors.
The control unit, by means of thyristor switches, sets the operating time (switching on) of the
56
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
rectifiers and the order of their switching on and off. The control cabinet is equipped with thyristor
switches or power relays and serves to turn on and off the operating o voltages. The electrolyte temperature in the system is stabilized by means of a heat exchanger located in the tank.
To supply electrolyte, a tank with a pump with a capacity of up to 10 l/min is built into the unit.
The electrolyte heater is equipped with a temperature control system, which is connected to the
control circuit by means of an optoelectronic digital converter.
The mode of operation of the technology is set by changing the density of electric power
in the plasma layer and the speed of movement of the heater. The mechanism of electrolytic-plasma
heating provided the development of methods for controlling the rate of heating and cooling of the
surface of the product in the range of 20–500 °C/s, at a power density of 103–105 W/cm2.
As a result, the technology of thermal cyclic surface hardening of the surface of products and
chemical-thermal treatment has been developed. The use of the principle of periodic lowering and
increasing the electric voltage in the interelectrode layer made it possible to harden the surface
of the product to a depth of 10 mm.
Fig. 2.30 shows the external view of the device for hardening the cylinders, view of the heater.
a
b
Fig. 2.30 View of the cylinder heater: a – the moment the heater
is inserted into the cylinder; b – the moment of heating-switching on the operating voltage
The cylinder is mounted in a three-jaw manipulator chuck. The heater, mounted on a cylindrical
rod, is introduced along the axis of the cylinder. Channels for electrolyte supply, as well as fastening and insulation of the cord from the temperature sensor and the wire for supplying the electric
potential are made inside the rod.
Periodic movement of the heater inside the cylinder of the slurry pump and holding in heating mode for 45 seconds provide heating of the pipe layer to the transformation temperature
to a depth of 3 mm. The hardened pipe sections have a hardness of 45–50 HRC. As a result,
57
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
hardened cylinders were obtained (Fig. 2.31), which have a higher rigidity and provide an increase
in performance by 3 or more times.
a
b
Fig. 2.31 View of the slurry pump cylinders:
a – external view of the cylinder; b – view of the hardened surface
For hardening, ceramic heaters were used, assembled on a rod – a metal tube (Fig. 2.32).
To supply the electric potential, a metal rod is used, which also provides the introduction of the
electrolyte into the heater. In the upper part of the heater there is a window for the heater outlet
and provision of conditions for electrolyte-plasma heating.
Fig. 2.32 View of an electrolytic-plasma heater for hardening
the inner surface of cylinders
Experimental work has shown that, depending on the technological conditions, it is possible to
obtain secondary hardened structures on the surface of the product with a thickness of 0.3
to 10 mm and a hardness of up to 68 HRC. The results of hardening, depending on the type of alloy
being hardened, are shown in Table 2.4.
58
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Table 2.4 Characteristics of the hardened layer depending on the material of the product and
technological processing parameters
Alloy composition
Heating time, s
Hardness, HRC
Layer thickness, mm
0.4 % С; 2 % Cr
(2+4)×5 = 30
62...64
3
0.4 % С; 2 % Cr
(2+4)×7 = 42
64...65
4
0.4 % С; 2 % Cr
(2+4)×9 = 54
64...65
5
0.4 % С; 2 % Cr
(2+4)×10 = 60
63...65
7
0.4 % С; 2 % Cr
(2+4)×12 = 72
62...63
10
0.2 % С; 2 % Cr; 0.25 % Mn
(3+6)×4 = 36
47...48
4
0.2 % С; 2 % Cr; 0.25 % Mn
(3+6)×6 = 54
47...50
6
0.2 % С; 2 % Cr; 0.25 % Mn
(3+6)×7 = 63
47...48
8
0.25 % С; 11 % Cr; 1 % Ni
(2+2)×7 = 28
55...56
4
0.25 % С; 11 % Cr; 1 % Ni
(2+2)×10 = 40
51...52
7
Cast
(2+6)×5 = 40
55...56
5
Cast
(2+10)×5 = 60
56...58
8
0.35 % C
(2+2)×5 = 20
52...55
2
0.35 % C
(2+2)×10 = 40
52...55
6
0.35 % C
(2+2)×15 = 60
50...53
10
0.4 % C; 1 % Cr
(2+2)×10 = 40
62...64
6
0.4 % C; 1 % Cr
(2+2)×15 = 60
62...63
10
0.65 % C; 1 % Mn
(2+2)×10 = 40
64
5
0.9 % C; 1 % Cr; 1 % V; 1 % Mo
(2+2)×4 = 16
67
1
0.9 % C; 1 % Cr; 1 % V; 1 % Mo
4
68
0.300
2.7 Surface study
2.7.1 Properties of the hardened layer
The study of the surface of products after electrolytic-plasma hardening shows, Fig. 2.33,
that a finely dispersed structure is formed in the layer of the material of the product, which has
been directly heated, consisting of structureless martensite with a hardness of 4000–6000 MPa
and bainite with a hardness of 2200–2800 MPa. The depth of the hardened layer, depending
on the processing modes and requirements for the product, can be from 0.5 to 10 mm.
59
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.33 Microstructure of medium carbon steel 45 after EPT
As the distance from the layer of electrolyte-plasma hardening to the heat-affected zone increases, the structure of the material of the article acquires a slightly different character. As a result, of the slow removal of heat, hypoeutectoid ferrite is released in the form of a grid along the
grain boundaries. Judging by the ferrite mesh, there is a decrease in the austenitic grain, in addition,
the uneven grain is clearly expressed. Near the heat-strengthened area, ferrite precipitates in the
form of a discontinuous grid. Inside the grains, a finely dispersed structure is preserved, consisting
of a sorbitol component and structureless martensite, the microhardness of which varies in the
range of 2300–3900 MPa. In the base metal, the amount of the ferrite component with a hardness of 1200–1800 MPa noticeably increases, both along the grain boundary and in the grain.
2.7.2 Fundamental capabilities of EPT technology
The research results (see Chapters 4 and 5) were used in the development of specific technologies for hardening products operated in an abrasive environment and having a permissible wear
of 3–10 mm [42, 52, 68, 69]. These technologies are designed to create thick hardened layers
by means of electrolytic-plasma hardening. Let’s consider options for typical technologies and devices [70–78] for electrolytic-plasma hardening treatment. For example, for hardening sheet products-pans of scraper conveyors or screens of coal preparation machines (Fig. 2.34, a–c) [72, 73].
Heating of products for hardening is carried out by telescopic heaters 2 [64, 74, 75], which are
60
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
installed in blocks 3 and heat local sections of the sheet product in the form of small cylindrical
inclusions. The heated area is cooled with the same electrolyte.
Fig. 2.34 Diagram of devices for electrolytic-plasma hardening:
a, b, c – devices for hardening sheet products; d, e, f – devices for hardening
by dipping; g, h, i – devices for hardening surfaces of complex shapes. Internal,
cylindrical, flat products – 1; electrolyte cell body – 2; telescopic device – 3;
heated surface – 4; anode – 5
To warm up a sufficiently thick layer (up to 10 mm), the technological voltage of the electric
current is reduced to 180–220 V.
In this case, the heating rate depends on the duration of parallel connection of sources with
low and high voltage. Mode selection studies are provided in Chapter 5.
The end heating of products with simultaneous chemical-thermal treatment is carried out according to the scheme (Fig. 2.34, d–f), where the electrolyte flows through the anode grid located
at the bottom of the electrolyte cell. A ferroalloy can be laid on the mesh, which dissolves in the
electrolyte and refines it with alloying elements.
The use of devices with soluble electrodes allows surface diffusion alloying with carbon, nitrogen, molybdenum, chromium, etc. [42, 69, 54, 77]. It is even possible to completely melt the
surface of the article [78] and form it in a liquid state under the pressure of an electrolyte. With
the same pressure, it is possible to carry out hot deformation of the heated surface [79] and,
at the same time, its hardening.
Heat hardening of products of the «tool holder» type of a roadheader is carried out by a heater in the form of a cylindrical can-anode 5 (Fig. 2.34, d) [76, 80]. Technological equipment for
61
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
hardening tool holders is made in the form of a rotor line [71] with six cylindrical anodes having
different modes of inclusion in the electrical circuit [81]. To reduce the cooling rate of the heated
surface, an additional electrical potential of 20–40 V is connected to the electrolyte cell.
In this case, the speed is reduced by 30–40 %. On a similar device, it is possible to harden the
ends of the [82] has a capacity of up to 800,000 parts per year. The thickness of the hardened
layer is 1–2 mm.
The device for hardening the end faces of tool holders has a capacity of up to 300,000 parts
per year and hardens the end face to a depth of 10–15 mm.
Telescopic heaters [64, 74, 75] can be used to harden the inner cylindrical surfaces (Fig. 2.34, g).
In this case, the hardened areas of the surface can be in the form of round areas, spiral and longitudinal stripes.
The heating quality is controlled by a special electrical circuit [54]. The principle of operation of
this device is based on the measurement and analysis of the electrical conductivity of the vapor-gas
layer along the surface of the heated product and the change in its electrical conductivity when the
temperature changes.
Special heaters (Fig. 2.34, i) [79, 80] allow heating the surface of the product together with
the powder material up to melting, which provides conditions for alloying the surface in the melt, for
example, with the components of a mixture of surfacing powder such as FBKh and boron carbide.
Long cylindrical products can be cleaned and heated in a special device (Fig. 2.34, h) [55], which
heats in an electrolyte-plasma cell with a vertical cylindrical anode 5, and cooling in a special cooler
with a flowing electrolyte.
An original technology of liquid vanadium surface vanadium in an electrolyte has been developed [83], which ensures the formation of a vanadium carbide coating on a specific surface without heating the entire product.
An analysis of the technologies and devices for electrolytic-plasma hardening developed by us
shows that it is possible to harden the surfaces of almost any product used in difficult conditions
of abrasive wear of agricultural, road machines, mining and mining equipment and other machines.
2.8 Device for hardening the tool holders (cams) of the cutting units
of the roadheaders and shearers
It has been established that the service life of the cutting bodies of roadheaders and shearers
in the coal industry is due to the wear resistance of the protruding parts of the cam and the
strength of the socket-hole fixing the cutter. In addition, wear of the working surfaces of the cam
increases the consumption of cutters and sharply reduces the productivity of coal machines.
Based on the analysis of the configuration of the worn surface of the products, it was decided to
electrolyte-plasma hardening of the front part of the cam even before welding. The technology made it
possible to obtain a layer with a thickness of 10–15 mm and a hardness of up to 60 HRC on the product.
62
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Experimental batches of hardened cams (Fig. 2.35) (tool holders) in the conditions of
the manufacturer’s enterprise were assembled on the screws of the cutting body and tested
in the conditions of coal mines (at «Chelyabinskugol», «Donetskugol», «Pavlogradugol»). Industrial tests have shown that the performance of cutting bodies assembled from hardened cams
increased 1.53 times. From an economic point of view, this is tantamount to a corresponding
decrease in the production of cutting bodies, which in their cost are up to 10 % of the cost
of the entire combine.
Fig. 2.35 View of the cam of the GPK-type
roadheader (1 hardened layer, 10–15 mm thick)
After the tests, it was decided to introduce the technology for hardening the cams at the factories of mining machines (machine-building plants in Kopeysk KMZ and Gorlovka GMZ), for which
technological, semi-automatic units with a capacity of up to 300,000 cams per year were developed
and manufactured. A description of units for hardening cams is given in Chapter 8. (A list of documents on testing and implementation of technology for hardening cams is given in Appendix 11).
In accordance with the terms of reference TZTO 09287 «Unit of electrolyte-plasma thermal cyclic
hardening of shearer auger cams», a technological semi-automatic unit was developed and manufactured [54, 71, 82].
The unit (Fig. 2.36) consists of the following mechanisms: frame 1, a number of electrolyte baths 2, lifting and turning device 3, swivel table 4, system 5 for electrolyte circulation, jet
pump (ejector) 6, grips (cathodes) for part 7, consoles 8 with grips, movable stop 9, hard stop 10.
Electrolytic-plasma bath 2 (Fig. 2.37) contains an anode 11, made in the form of a cylindrical bowl
with a perforated bottom, a drain hole 12 and an electrolyte supply channel 13. In the cylindrical
bowl 11 there are drain holes 14 with an adjustable washer 15. Between the inner wall of the
bath 2 and the anode bowl 11 there is an annular cavity 16.
63
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.36 Schematic view of a unit for electrolytic-plasma
hardening of cams
Fig. 2.37 Schematic representation of the bath for the
implementation of electrolyte-plasma heating and cooling of the cam
64
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
The electrolyte circulation system (Fig. 2.38) contains a 17 tank for cooling, a pump 18 for
pumping electrolyte, a supply pipe system 19, a pressure tank 20, a pressure head system 21 and
a 22 outlet pipe system. The tank has a system 23 for cooling the electrolyte. At the end of the
lifting-and-rotating device, a bath lid 27 and grippers 28 for the product 29 are fixed.
Fig. 2.38 Diagram of the system for electrolyte regeneration
and its distribution into the heating cells of the unit
The device works as follows. The products are installed on the table of the rotary device 4,
which rotates synchronously with the consoles 8, which have grips 7. Fixing the cams, the consoles
transfer them to the baths 2 and immerse them in the electrolyte, where is the heating carried
out. For cooling, the cams are transferred to the next bath. Thedevice has 6 baths, which provides
a mode of repeated heating in 1, 2, 3 and 4 baths, and then a mode of pre-cooling to the temperature of martensitic transformation in the 5th bath and a mode of cooling to room temperature
in bath 6. The unit contains elements for sealing baths – cover 27 and elements for condensation
of electrolyte vapor – jet pump 6. The electrolyte supply system (Fig. 2.38) provides cooling and
uniformity of its flow in the electrolyte bath.
The electrical diagram of the device (Fig. 2.39) provides for the presence of a software device
for connecting high (350 V) and lower (110–190 V) voltages to electrolyte cells, as well as 110 V
voltage on the last cells, which provide cooling of the heated layer of the part.
The device has wide technological capabilities and, with appropriate restructuring, it is possible
to harden the ends of conveyor bushings, couplings and other products.
In order to increase the efficiency of end heating and cooling of products, a number of electrolyte
baths and telescopic heaters have been developed [70, 54, 74, 76, 81, 82], which make it possible
to strengthen almost all known products. These heaters, for example, can be installed in various units.
The device has an electrolyte supply system similar to that described (Fig. 2.38).
65
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.39 Electrical circuit of power supply of electrolyte cells
This design of the device provides uniform end heating of products of various lengths and
diameters, as well as local heating of a part of the part, which has a significant mass and size. The
heating mode is selected by the flow rate of the electrolyte and the taper of the electrode.
The considered device (Fig. 2.40) has a more complex design due to the need for automatic
control of the temperature of the electrolyte in the interelectrode gap. This device consists of
a housing 1, inside of which a mesh anode 2 and a mesh equalizer of electrolyte flow 3 are installed.
66
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
In the lower part of the housing, a chamber 4 is made for collecting contaminants and a hatch 5 for
draining them. The chamber 4 and the anode cavity are connected by a pipeline 6 so that an annular
slot 7 is formed along its periphery.
Fig. 2.40 Device for electrolyte-plasma heating in the mode of automatic
control of the electrolyte temperature by means of a pneumo-hydraulic valve
In the lower part of the chamber (in the hatch), a conical plug 8 is made, which, by means
of a lever 9, allows the electrolyte to be drained. The top of the chamber is closed with a lid 10,
through which it is possible to enter the part 11 for heating and hardening. The system of
holes 12 determines the electrolyte level. Below these holes, directly in the area of its discharge,
there is a sealed cylinder 13 filled with freon 14. This cylinder is connected by a pipeline 15 with
the gas cavity 16 of the pneumohydraulic regulator and equipment 17, 18 for external input of
the control pressure.
The pneumohydraulic regulator is included in the electrolyte supply system 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
24 and has the ability to change the cross-section of the passage slot by moving the diaphragm 25,
stem 26 and lowering the valve 27 in the seat 28.
67
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The essence of the device is to adjust the flow rate of the electrolyte, depending on its heating
and to ensure a stable temperature, and, consequently, electrical conductivity and cooling capacity.
This design ensures the stability of heating products during their automatic feeding, as well as
the same cooling mode by controlling the temperature of the electrolyte.
2.9 Hardening of sheet steel parts
2.9.1 Method of hardening sheet products
The problem lies in the fact that there are a number of products that operate in difficult conditions, for example, in the development of rock mass in underground mines, where abrasive wear
of working surfaces is accompanied by bending alternating loads. To strengthen such products,
a method has been developed, which consists in creating solid inclusions on the wearing surface.
On an article made of a sheet, local small areas of the surface are heated with an electrolyticplasma heater on one side until the austenitizing temperature is reached on the opposite side of
the sheet from the place of heating application while simultaneously cooling the sheet along the periphery of the heated area, and the heated areas are cooled simultaneously from both sides. In this
case, the largest linear dimension of the hardened area should not exceed 4–5 sheet thicknesses.
The combination of the above technological methods ensures the production of local hardened
areas with the same hardness throughout the volume and from different sides. The formation of
areas with the same martensitic transformation on both sides causes a uniform increase in its volume and the creation of compressive stresses in the sheet, the same on both sides, which ensures
the straightness of the sheet even with a hardening volume reaching 50 %.
A specially introduced technological method of cooling the heated section along its periphery provides localization of heating in the size of a small section, which causes a transition zone of no more
than 1–1.5 mm, and, accordingly, the possibility of frequent placement of the sections to be hardened.
The method has been tested on medium-carbon steel sheets (steel 35) used for the manufacture of scraper conveyor chutes. Sheet thickness is 8 mm.
Heating was carried out until the austinization temperature was reached on the opposite side
from the place where heating was applied by an electrolyte-plasma heater. The electrolyte flow
rate through the sprayer for cooling the heated surface area was set at 0.01–0.03 m3/s. Cooling
of heated sections is carried out immediately after disconnecting the technological potential to the
electrolyte cells of the heater. The cooling time was 10–35 s.
Along the periphery of the electrolyte heater, a device was installed for supplying air with
electrolyte (air consumption 2–3 m3/h, and electrolyte 0.0001 m3/s).
When testing the method, the deflection of the sheet was measured on the basis of 100 mm,
the size of the spot of solid inclusions on both sides of the sheet and the hardness were determined.
Hardness characterized the completeness of martensitic transformations, the ratio of the sizes of
68
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
solid inclusions from the side of the heater and from the opposite side characterized the uniformity
of heating of the sheet section through.
Reinforced steel 35 sheets were subjected to a bend test prior to welding. In this case, the
bending force and deflection of the sheet were recorded. The bending force was increased until the
sheet reached plastic deformation stresses. Tests have shown that 20 % of the nominal surface
occupied by hardened sections increases its bending resistance by 30 % (Fig. 2.41).
Fig. 2.41 Resistance to bending of steel 35 sheet after
hardening by local areas, 20 % of the nominal surface
The structure of hardened sections of steel sheet (steel 35) is finely acicular and coarsely
acicular martensite up to 50–60 % by volume, the rest is trostomartensite. The transition zone of
reed martensite has a hardness of 40–45 HRC.
The considered method of hardening sheet products has the following technical advantages:
it is possible to harden sheet products practically without a leash, ensuring the volume of hard
areas in the sheet up to 60 %, which increases the wear resistance of parts, allows them to be
operated in harsh conditions, with alternating loads and vibrations. In this case, the hardened areas
work as solid macroinclusions, and plastic deformation of the sheet occurs in the soft non-hardened
metal surrounding these inclusions.
2.9.2 Sheet steel parts (pan bottom, mesh)
In the mining and coal processing industries, welded structures made of sheet steel are widely used. These are pans of scraper conveyors (Fig. 2.42), chutes for lowering rock mass, overlap,
mesh for coal preparation machines and other products.
One of the factors restraining the increase in the wear resistance and strength of welded
structures made of steels of mass use is their softening in the heat-affected zone. An increase in
strength due to an increase in the content of alloying elements leads to an increase in the likelihood
69
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
of the formation of hardened structures in the vicinity of the seam zone and, as a consequence,
to the formation of cold cracks in welded joints.
Fig. 2.42 Sketch of a reinforced welded structure of a scraper
conveyor pan [72, 73]: 1 – hardened sections; 2 – bottom; 3 – sidewalls;
4 – welded seam
One of the most economical methods of increasing the strength and wear resistance of such
products is the local hardening of the wearing surfaces from electrolytic-plasma heating.
Parts on the pan bottoms were hardened in local staggered sections, in the most wear-out
areas of the product. Section diameter was 30 mm. Then the parts were welded into a product.
The resulting product-pan of the scraper conveyor (Fig. 2.43) [72, 73], was widely tested in the
conditions of the Kuzbas mines. At the same time, no damage to the welds was noted.
a
b
Fig. 2.43 Hardening of a sheet with a thickness of 6 mm, local spots
with a diameter of 30 mm: a – surface type; b – cross-sectional view
of the spot with hardening to a depth of 3 mm
The test results showed that the pan’s efficiency increased 2 times.
This technology and equipment was introduced at the machine-building plant in the production of scraper conveyors. Using the experience of hardening pans, sieves from coal preparation
70
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
machines were hardened according to a similar scheme (Fig. 2.44). The sieves were made of sheet
steel 35, 8 mm thick. The holes were 8 mm in diameter. The operating conditions of sieves and
pans are practically the same.
Fig. 2.44 View of a sieve of a coal preparation machine after
electrolytic-plasma hardening
The electrolytic-plasma hardening of the sieves, like those of the pans, was carried out with
telescopic heaters, but for the sieves it was necessary to orient the heaters along the hole in order
to provide hardening of the hole surface. This complicates the technology.
Industrial tests of sieves have shown that the hardened sections of the sieves wear less and,
as it were, shield the unhardened ones. This conclusion made it possible to make a decision to
create a unified design of the technological unit for both sieves and pans, regardless of the location
of the holes. According to the test data at the Donetskugol Production Association, the sieve
efficiency has doubled.
2.9.3 Units for electrolytic-plasma hardening of products from sheet material
The technology of strengthening sheet products is carried out on a special technological
unit (Fig. 2.45). The unit consists of a technological unit 4.7, a tank 11 with electrolyte,
a pump 9 and a pressure head tank 10.
71
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 2.45 Schematic view of unit for electrolytic-plasma
hardening of sheet products
The unit is controlled and supplied from separate units 12. The technological unit (Fig. 2.46) consists of a movable portal 6, which contains pneumatic cylinders 5 with electromagnetic suction cups 7.
Fig. 2.46 Schematic view of a technological block
for strengthening sheets
In the middle of the technological block there is a device 14 with electrolyte-plasma heaters,
which are fixed in the housing with the possibility of vertical movement under the action of the
electrolyte pressure [75–77].
This device (Fig. 2.47) consists of a dielectric body 1, installed on the fit of movement in the
cylindrical holes 2 of the body of the heaters 3, which contain anodes 4 in the form of a grid and
flexible current conductors 5. The body of the device 1 is fixed on insulators 6, which are mounted in
the technological block providing electrical safety. The sheet is hung over the heaters in a horizontal
72
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
position, then the electrolyte supply is turned on, the electrolyte pressure raises the heaters to the
surface of the sheet, and thus the electrical circuit is closed and the heating process is in progress.
After turning off the electric potential, the heated section is cooled by the same electrolyte.
Fig. 2.48 shows a view of the unit for strengthening products 1 from sheets.
Fig. 2.47 Diagram of a device with a hydrostatic rise
of electrolyte-plasma heaters
Fig. 2.48 View of the unit for hardening the surface of sheets
73
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Sheet products were stacked under the portal and then, as the technology was implemented,
they were moved by the portal onto the technological block and into a stack with reinforced sheets.
2.10 Heater constructions and their application
2.10.1 Electrolytic-plasma heaters
A device for heating products in an electrolyte (Fig. 2.49) contains a bath 1, a fitting 2 for
supplying an electrolyte, a bus for supplying an electric potential 3, an anode 4, a liquid-electrolyte
damper 5, a workpiece (cathode) 6. Anode 4 is made in the form of an open spiral, the diameter
of the turns of which increases towards the outlet of the bath, and its axis coincides with the axis
of the outlet. Anode 4 is made in the form of a spiral made of stainless wire. The electrical potential
is connected to the central circuit of the open spiral. The diameter of the spiral turns increases
towards the outlet of the bath, and the axis of the spiral coincides with the axis of the outlet.
Fig. 2.49 Electrolyte heater with activation of heating
by a magnetic field, according to USSR Patent 1375659 A1
The device works as follows. The electrolyte is fed through the nozzle 2 into the bath 1 and
through the electrolyte outflow damper 5 passes between the turns of the spiral anode 4 to the
surface of the heated part 6. When the electrical target is closed, an electric current flows from
74
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
the anode 4 to the part 6 through the electrolyte. The removal of electric current from the sections of the spiral causes it to pass through the previous sections and, accordingly, the formation
of a magnetic field, the density of which depends on the magnitude of the current and the curvature
of the sections of the spiral. The magnetic field is closed through the part and the environment.
The imposition of a magnetic field in the case of heating the product in the electrolyte accelerates
the circulation of the electrolyte in the area of the part 6 while pushing it away from the center of
the cathode under the action of centrifugal forces. The interaction of the magnetic field of the spiral
electrode and the intrinsic magnetic field of the electric current lines makes it possible to create
a zone of overvoltage, overheating of the electrolyte and the formation of a plasma layer, bypassing
the stages of unstable operation.
Device for local heating and cleaning of product surfaces.
For local heating and cleaning of the surface of products, a heater with a telescopic lifting of
the heating head with an electrolyte has been developed (Fig. 2.50).
Fig. 2.50 Electrolytic device for heating and cleaning
local surface areas according to USSR Patent SU 1331074 A
75
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The device consists of a housing 1, inside of which a prefabricated telescopic anode is installed, having a glass 2 with meshes 3 with holes 4 installed in it. The conical dielectric nozzle 5
moves freely along the anode and contains stops 6 and a limiter in the form of an inner housing 7.
The spring 8 elastically presses the anode with the nozzle 5 against the workpiece 9. To supply the
electrolyte is a fitting 10. In the lower part of the housing 1 there is a chamber 11 with a hatch 12
for collection. The chamber 11 is connected to the anode along its axis by a pipeline 13. In the
bottom of the housing 1 around the pipeline 13 there is an annular slot 14. The holes 4 are made
tangential. The negative electrical potential is supplied to the workpiece 9, and the positive electrical potential is supplied to the anode.
The device is brought under the part-cathode, the electrolyte supply and current are switched on.
The electrolyte is turbulized by making tangential holes in the anode. When the electrolyte rotates,
loose particles of contaminants, due to the pressure difference in the center and along the periphery,
move to the center – to the pipeline, are deposited through the pipeline into the chamber for collecting particles and contaminants. Particles are deposited through a slot made in the bottom of
the housing coaxially with the pipeline, which pass through the anode holes at the moment the electrolyte supply is stopped. This facilitates the collection of impurities and equalization of the electric
current in the electrolyte, which leads to stability and uniformity of heating. The device works as
follows. The device is brought under part 9, for example, a sheet of steel for the pan of a scraper
conveyor, supported by stops 6. Then, the electrolyte supply is switched on through the nozzle 10
and the electric current is connected through the current lead. Due to the dissipation of electrical
energy, a plasma heating zone is formed at the electrolyte-workpiece interface. Electrolytic-plasma
heating is characterized by the ability to clean the heated surfaces from scale, dirt and to disperse
sharp protruding burrs. All these contaminants under the action of centripetal forces from the electrolyte flow swirling in the cavity between the conical nozzle and the cathode are collected through
a pipeline into the lower chamber of the housing. The electrolyte is twisted due to the special design
of the holes, the axes of which intersect with the axis of the cavity. Inclined holes in the anode of the
plasmatron ensure the rotation of the electrolyte flow. Solid particles suspended in it or placed on
the bottom rotate together with the electrolyte. During rotation, the particles move to the center
due to the pressure difference in the center of the plasmatron and along the periphery. The pressure
difference is due to the difference in electrolyte speeds. In addition, the particles are decelerated
by friction against the bottom, thereby increasing the centripetal force.
Solid particles, moving towards the center under the action of the difference in electrolyte
pressures, are deposited through the central hole and are excluded from the «anode-electrolyte-detail» electrical circuit. The angle of inclination of the holes in the anode, the flow rate of the
electrolyte, its density affect the plasmatron process, but are not decisive factors. The process
of concentration of solid particles to the axis of the plasmatron will proceed under any parameters
in the presence of liquid circulation.
The slot made in the bottom of the housing around the pipeline is designed to precipitate
through it those solid particles that pass through the anode holes at the moment the electrolyte
76
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
supply is stopped. If these particles are not isolated, then they can accumulate, be carried away
by the electrolyte flow and, ultimately, disrupt the stability of the electrolyte-plasma heating.
As a result, it is easier to collect contaminants to the center of the bath and the lines of
electric current in the electrolyte are leveled. As dirt accumulates from the lower chamber,
it is removed by opening the hatch. Thus, pollution and scale are excluded from participation in the
heating process, increasing the stability and uniformity of heating, and, consequently, the efficiency
of the device and the quality of the processing process.
The use of a device for zone heating of parts in an electrolyte has the following technical
advantages: it is possible to conduct a continuous process of cleaning and heating the surface of
products, ensuring high quality and stability, which will exclude the possibility of an emergency,
closing the anode-part electrical circuit through contamination.
Device for end heating of products.
For the end heating of products, a device has been developed (Fig. 2.51), which contains
a bath 1 with drain pipes 3, an electrode made in the form of a hollow truncated cone (K) 4 with
holes on the side surfaces and located with a smaller base up and below the level of the upper ends
of the pipes 3, and a shield 5 with tangential holes 6. The axes of the holes 6 intersect with the
axis of the conical chamber 4. The use of this device allows the formation of a plasma layer at low
voltage and equalization of the temperature along the immersion depth of the part.
Fig. 2.51 Heater for cylindrical products according
to USSR Patent SU 1537695 A1
The device contains a bath 1 with a lid 2 and with drain pipes: 3, electrodes, one of which is
made in the form of a hollow truncated cone 4 with an open smaller base, installed in the bath 1,
77
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
facing the lid with a smaller base 2 below the upper ends of the electrolyte drain pipes 3, screen 5
with tangential holes 6, placed in a cone at the larger base. The axes of the holes 6 intersect with
the axis of the cone 4. A fitting 7 is made under the screen 5 in the bottom of the cone, holes 8
are made in the upper part on the lateral surface of the cone 8. The bath 1 is installed on ceramic
insulators 9. The device has a holder 10 of the product 11, which has the ability to return translational movement. The device has a pressure tank with electrolyte (not shown) and a power source
connected to the cone 4 and the holder 10. The electrolyte is drained through a heat exchanger
into the tank, from where it is fed to the pressure tank.
The device works as follows. The product 11 is fixed in the holder 10 and lowered through the
hole 12 in the cover 2 and the cone 4. Then the electric potential is connected and the electrolyte
is fed through the fitting 7 into the cavity 13. From this cavity through the holes 6 in the screen 5,
the electrolyte is fed into the cone 4. The electrolyte level in the electrode (cone) quickly rises and
reaches the surface of the item 11, then the rate of raising the electrolyte level sharply decreases.
A decrease in the rate of raising the electrolyte level is due to the outflow of electrolyte from the
conical electrode through the holes 8. With a small contact surface of the article with the electrolyte surface, a plasma layer is immediately formed. The area of the plasma layer smoothly increases
as the electrolyte level rises and the product is immersed.
The electrolyte flow in the interelectrode gap is twisted and a uniform «flooded» jet washes the
heated surface and the electrode. After the upper electrolyte layer reaches the level of the drain
pipes, a stagnant zone forms in the lower part of the bath, which resists the electrolyte escaping
through holes 8. The bulk of the electrolyte comes out through the upper part of the cone, providing the required temperature regime in the heating zone.
As the tapered electrode narrows, the electrode gap decreases and the electrolyte flow
rate increases, which ensures an increase in the heating temperature of the part of the part 10
immersed in the surface layer of the electrolyte, and, consequently, a decrease in the heating
temperature gradient along the immersion depth.
The direction of the electrolyte flow in the interelectrode gap and its helical movement help
to maintain a uniform plasma layer and ensure uniform heating.
The volumes of the cone and the bath are selected from a ratio of 1:5–1:10. The volume of
the bath is taken at a height equal to the distance from the bottom of the bath to the upper end
of the cone. With a volume ratio of 1:3, the speed of immersion of the part in the electrolyte,
and in some cases, there is a sharp increase in the current and the breakdown of the vapor-gas
envelope. With a ratio of 1:5 and higher, a smooth, stable start of the heating process is ensured.
The ratio between volumes above 1:10 is impractical due to an unjustified decrease in productivity.
The proposed device provides a slow immersion of the product under the electrolyte layer with
simultaneous smooth formation of the plasma layer at the minimum allowable voltage of the electric
potential, then, as the bath and the cone are filled with electrolyte and the formation of a stable
plasma layer, the electrolyte speed in the interelectrode gap increases, as well as the provision
of a spiral flow electrolyte.
78
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
The proposed device, by changing the taper of the electrode and the flow rate of the electrolyte, provides end heating of products of various diameters and lengths, as well as local heating
of parts having a significant mass and heat capacity of the part that is not to be processed.
Of interest is a non-contact method for monitoring the heat treatment of steel parts. The
essence of the method lies in the fact that the thickness of the vapor-gas layer around the part
directly depends on the temperature, and the conductivity of this layer depends on the thickness.
Measurement of time from the beginning of cooling of the part, i.e. when the conductivity of the
vapor-gas layer is low, until the period of a sharp increase in conductivity, i.e. reducing the temperature to 200–300 °С, completely allows to characterize the initial temperature of the part and
regulate the quality of heating.
Method for quality control of surface hardening of steel part.
Fig. 2.52 depicts a device for implementing a method for quality control of surface hardening
of a steel part when heated in a bath with an electrolyte.
Fig. 2.52 Heating control device according
to the USSR Patent SU 1481260 A1
The device consists of a bath 1 installed on insulators 2, an electrolyte supply system 3, a pan
4 for collecting electrolyte, a source 5 of a process electric current, a source 6 of a measuring
electric current (measuring system), a control system 7 with a source 5 of a process current and
a current relay 8 Part 9 is fixed with a holder, which is the output link of the automated loading
device (not shown).
The device works as follows. Part 9 is immersed in bath 1 under a layer of electrolyte supplied
from system 3. Excess electrolyte flows into pan 4 and then into system 3. Process electric
current source 5 is turned on and part heating begins. When heated, the measuring system 6
79
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
is turned off due to the blocking of the diode by reverse current. After disconnecting the process
current, the measuring system 6 is connected, which is configured by means of a current relay 8
and a time relay to turn on the control circuit (not shown). The discrete control range, if: the time
from the start of cooling to the decrease in the resistance of the electrical measuring system is
not enough, in this case the process voltage is increased by 10–15 V, and the next cycle of heating
and measurement is carried out. Thus, the control system not only controls the heating quality, but
also controls the heating mode,
As a result of the periodic connection of the bath and the part at the moment of its cooling
to a source of electric direct current, as well as measuring the time from the beginning of cooling
to a decrease in the electrical resistance of the boundary layer to the part to the electrical resistance of the electrolyte, a new technical effect arises – control of the existence of a vapor-gas
layer around the cooled surface of the part, which entails control of the surface temperature of
the part, since the thickness of the vapor-gas layer directly depends on the temperature, and the
conductivity of this layer depends on the thickness. In turn, measuring the time from the beginning
of the cooling of the part, i.e. when the conductivity of the vapor-gas layer is low, until the period
of a sharp increase in conductivity, i.e. reducing the temperature to 200–300 °C, fully allows to
characterize the initial temperature of the part and regulate the quality of heating.
PTT with a mechanized drive of control circuits is used as a source of electrical power with
technological current. The measuring power system is assembled from a 22 V transformer, a rectifier and a 20 µF capacitor; a diode is connected in series to the circuit, which acts as a key. Current relays and time relays are included in the same circuit. The time relay disconnects the current
relay after a specified time interval. If the relay manages to operate, i.e. if the heating temperature
is insufficient, the mechanized PTT control circuit turns on and the process voltage increases.
The test of the method for controlling the quality of heating a part in a bath with electrolyte is
carried out at a power of the measuring system N = 2.5 kW, voltage, Uim = 22 V. Parts are heated
from 300 to 1100 °C. The time from the start of cooling of the part to the decrease in the resistance of the circuit and the appearance of a measuring current of 20 A in it is measured. Analysis of
the results of testing the method shows that at a product temperature of 300 °C, the measuring
current flows in the circuit without time delays. At a temperature of 600 °C, the delay is 3–4 s,
at 800 °C – 5–10 s, at 900 °C – 15–18 s, at 950 °C – 18–21 s, etc.
Thus, for a part with a certain heating area and temperature, there is a stable time from the
start of cooling to the appearance of conductivity or the disappearance of the gas-vapor layer.
This time, through a special measuring system, is converted into a signal that controls the process
current, which ensures the automation of quality control. Thus, a simple system makes it possible
to automate the control of the heating quality of the part for controlling its temperature.
Method and device for electrolytic-plasma cleaning of the surface of metal products.
The method and device for thermochemical cleaning of the surface of metal products (Fig. 2.53)
is used to remove scale, burrs and dirt from products such as round-link chains, augers, and cables.
80
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Fig. 2.53 Device for cleaning the chain according
to USSR Patent SU 1611625 A1
The product 1 is moved by means of the drive 2 and tension 3 rollers in the channel 4 of the
stripping device. Anode 5 is constantly connected to an electric current source of reduced voltage
of 20–50 V. When electrolyte is supplied through a branch pipe 6, it enters the ring distributor 7,
from it – into the electrolytic cell 8 and flows out into the axial channel 4 through the nozzles 9
of the dielectric sprayer 10, designed for seals. In the electrolytic cell 8, the anode – electrolyte –
cathode (product) electric circuit is closed, and a gas-vapor layer is formed along the surface of
the product. This layer consists of water vapor, oxygen and hydrogen. Connection to the anode 5
of an electric potential, increased voltage is accompanied by heating of the surface to melt and
oxidize the tops of burrs and sharp corners. After the burrs have melted, the high voltage is cut off.
The speed of the product is limited so that the time it takes for the product to pass through the
electrolyte jets is not less than the time of the pass-through period. The method is carried out
as follows. The product – round link chain 1 is moved by means of drive 2 and tension 3 rollers
in channel 4 of the protective device. Anode 5 is constantly connected to a low-voltage electric
current source of 20–50 V. When electrolyte is supplied through a branch pipe 6, it enters the ring
distributor 7, from it – into the electrolytic cell 8 and flows out into the axial channel 4 through the
nozzles 9 of the dielectric sprayer 10 and through the anode, interacting with the product, and the
electrolyte from the electrolytic cell flows down into the axial channel 4 of the dielectric sprayer 10,
and its excess enters the ring current distributor 7. The dielectric sprayer 10 acts as a seal in
81
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
the device. In the electrolytic cell 8, the anode – electrolyte – cathode (product) electric circuit
is closed, and a gas-vapor layer is formed along the surface of the product. The gas-vapor layer
is formed as a result of electrolysis of the electrolyte during the passage of electric current from
the anode to the cathode. This layer consists of water vapor, oxygen and hydrogen. The connection
to the anode 5 of the electric potential of increased voltage is accompanied by an intense release
of Joule heat in this vapor-gas layer, this layer is heated to 2000–4000 K and the surface of the
product is rapidly heated. The tops of burrs and sharp corners are heated to melt. Burr tops are intensely oxidized. After the burrs have melted, the high voltage is cut off. The heating process stops
and goes into the electrolysis process, the surface cools down quickly. All ceramic and oxide layers
crack and peel off from the product due to thermal expansion. If necessary, the process is repeated
on the same segment of the product. The method was carried out when cleaning the round link
chain 16X84 from contamination (scale and burrs) remaining after cutting off the flash. The voltage
of the electric potential was set low (10, 20, 30, 40, 50 and 60 V) and increased (180, 200, 220,
250, 280, 300 and 320 V). The circuit was cleaned for a single turn on of the increased potential
for a time of 1, 2, 4, 5, and 7 s, while the time for turning on the low potential was not limited.
Example 1. The influence of the on-time of the increased potential was determined at a fixed
reduced potential of 30 V and an increased potential of 250 V. Experiments have shown that for
this circuit 1–2 s is not enough to melt the tops of the burrs. Heating for 4–5 s rounded the
top of the burrs, and heating for 7 s was accompanied by melting of the protruding surfaces of
the chain. The contaminants were cleaned in the electrolysis mode, and the scale exfoliated after
2 high-potential inclusions.
Example 2. The influence of the increased voltage on the cleaning mode was determined at
a fixed reduced voltage of 30 V and a heating time of 4 s. Experience has shown that at low voltage (130 V), the heating process is low-energy and the surface of the product was not cleaned.
The increase in voltage was accompanied by a high-quality cleaning of the surface. When the voltage
was increased to 300 V, the surface of the product melted.
Example 3. At a fixed overvoltage of 300 V and a time of 4 s, the undervoltage value was
changed. At a potential of 10 V, the vapor-gas layer along the surface of the product is unstable
and thin, which led to the instability of the process of heating the surface of the product, and the
surface was not cleaned in 4 s. The change in voltage from 20 to 50 V practically did not affect
the stripping process. A further increase in voltage was accompanied by a transition to a micro-arc
process and a sharp slowdown in the cooling of the product. At this voltage, the surface heating
was intense.
Device for electrolytic-plasma coating.
The device for electrolytic-plasma coating (Fig. 2.54) contains a container 1 made of insulating
material with double walls: inner 2 and outer 3, between which there are annular grooves for electrolyte
drain 4, for electrolyte injection 5, for gas supply 6. Bottom part 7 of the container 1 is made tapering and
open downward, and along the perimeter of the bottom part 7 there is an annular slot 8 for gas supply.
82
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
Fig. 2.54 Coating device according to USSR Patent SU 1277646 A
To seal the gas, a seal 9 is provided. A pipe 10 is fixed along the axis of the container, which
passes through the anode 11 from the bottom part 7 of the container 1 to the top. To the anode 11
is connected an electrical input 12, insulated with a sleeve 13. To the annular gap 14 between the
pipe 10 and the walls of the container are channels 15, the axes of which intersect with the axis
of the container at an acute angle. Channels 15 are directed downstream of the electrolyte. The
device is closed by a lid 16, on which a branch pipe 17 from the powder feeder 18 is fixed. The lid 16
has holes 19 for the outlet of vapors and gases. Holes 20 are made in the anode 11 to pick up
electricity and direct polarity to the powder. The branch pipes 21 are intended for supplying and
draining the electrolyte. Gas is supplied through pipe 22.
The device is installed on the seals 9 and pressed by additional force from the manipulation mechanism (not shown in the drawing) to the surface to be treated. Then the electrolyte is fed through
the nozzles 21 into the groove 5, from where it rushes under pressure down the channels 15
and the annular gap 14. The electrolyte passes down through the anode 11 and through the holes 20
to the bottom part 7 of the container 1, where the anode 11 and the cathode closes the electrical
circuit-detail. Due to the overheating of the electrolyte, a plasma layer forms near the surface
of the part, which cleans the part from dirt and oxides, and also heats it up. Depending on the
electrical parameters of the anode-cathode electrolyte cell, various modes of surface heating are
possible. An annular slot 8 serves to localize the heating surface, through which gas is supplied
83
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
by means of a branch pipe 22 and an annular groove 6. It is also possible to change the heating mode of
the product surface with the gas consumption. The powder material is fed from the feeder 18 through
the nozzle 17 directly into the pipe 10, where it passes through the gas-liquid layer under the action of
gravity and settles on the surface of the product. Part of the powder under the action of a gas-liquid jet
passes the edge of the pipe 10 and enters the annular gap 14, where it is carried away by the flow of
electrolyte to the anode 11 through the holes 20, respectively, acquires a positive charge and is deposited on the surface of the product. Thus, all the powder material that has entered the device is deposited on the surface of the product. The layer of powder material on the surface of the product is thin,
electrically conductive and has a developed surface. Due to these circumstances, the electrolyte-plasma layer passes from the product surface – electrolyte interface to the powder layer – electrolyte
interface. Since the heat removal from material particles – powders having point contact with the surface of the product is limited, and they are heated from almost all sides by plasma having a temperature
of 3000–4000 °C, the powders melt and, under the action of surface tension forces, spread over the
clean surface of the product with a temperature of 800–900 °С. Thus, local fusion and spreading of the
powder particles form a coating. Since the formation process is carried out at a high temperature of the
product on a clean surface in a reducing atmosphere of an electrolyte plasma, therefore, a high quality
of the coating, 100 % continuity, and diffusion adhesion is determined. The use of a multicomponent
suspension makes it possible to form complex multicomponent coatings on the surface of an article with
a predictable quality in advance. The device makes it possible to apply coatings on both flat and bulky
products, for example, bodies of revolution, with a corresponding change in the configuration of the bottom part, which expands the technological capabilities of the device. So, on a flat sheet with a thickness
of 10 mm without preliminary cleaning, the device allows for 15–20 s to apply a layer of chromiumnickel alloy, dense with a glossy surface, 0.2–0.3 mm thick, and the hydraulic cylinder rod 80 mm in
diameter and 450 mm long can be coated with a layer of chromium-nickel hard alloy 40 µm in 6 min.
2.10.2 Tools for agricultural machinery and processing industry
Electrolytic-plasma hardening of tools for agricultural machinery and the processing industry
has been tested on some of the most wearing products.
These are hammers, feed crushers, which are used in the KDM unit, manufactured by the
Novgorod-Volynsk machine-building plant and knives, as well as the lining of the drum of the forage
harvester «Ros», produced by the machine-building plant in Bila Tserkva. The standard technology
used in factories for hardening the surfaces of products by means of high-frequency currents does
not provide sufficient hardness of products and, in addition, hardening with high frequency current
is not economical (energy utilization rate is 20–30 %).
Electrolytic-plasma technology provides high hardness (60–64 HRC) of hardened local areas.
The spaces between the sections have a low hardness, which provides stress relaxation and allows
these products to be used in difficult, stressful conditions.
84
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
In addition, the power of the electrolytic-plasma unit for hardening these products was
only 5 kW (for comparison, the power of the factory unit of HFC for hammer hardening is 500 kW).
A feature of the technology is that it is possible to locally harden the part of the product that
is possibly wearing out to the required depth.
Universal unit for hardening products of agricultural machinery.
The unit is designed for local hardening of wear surfaces of products operated in an abrasive environment during cutting (destruction) of soil and rocks of various strengths (Fig. 2.55). The unit has
wide technological capabilities and, with appropriate restructuring, it is possible to harden the ends
of conveyor bushings, couplings and other products where hardening of ends and edges is necessary.
The developed unit has three modifications for hardening disc harrows and seeder discs; for
hardening the tooth of an excavator; for microplasma oxidation of the piston bottom of a diesel engine.
Despite a wide variety of hardened products, both in size and configuration, the basis of the
unit did not change by 85 %. Only the places of unit of products and the design of the heaters
were changed.
Fig. 2.55 Universal electrolytic-plasma unit of
low power (up to 5 kW) for local hardening of wear surfaces of products
The unit (Fig. 2.55) consists of: tank 1, which simultaneously serves as the power body
of the unit; converter of electrical energy 2 combined with a control panel; a movable cover 3,
which serves to protect against electrolyte splashes and at the same time provides electrical
safety; the cover has a viewing window with a handle 4 for manual manipulation of the product;
the suction of vapors and products of water electrolysis is carried out through the pipeline. The
unit has a spindle – 1 for fastening products and an electrolyte heater – 2 with electrolyte and
electricity supplies – 3 (Fig. 2.56).
85
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
c
Fig. 2.56 Type of unit in the adjustment and hardening mode:
a – adjustment mode; b – hardening of the seeder disks; c – harrow disk hardening
It is possible to strengthen disc products with a diameter of up to 600 mm and extended parts
with a length of up to 400 mm. Strengthening is carried out by local hardened sections, which allows
not to waste energy on heating the entire product and, moreover, not to have large installed capacities.
The advantage of this unit is that it is always ready for work and the energy for heating is
spent only when the electrical circuit is closed: the surface of the product-electrolyte-electrode.
It is possible to install various heaters inside the unit, for example: with a round outlet; with
a rectangular hole; telescopic with a spring; telescopic without spring; for strengthening the holes.
This technological unit has been tested on a number of products (Fig. 2.58), for example, for hardening disks of seeders – 4, disc harrows – 5, knives, hammers, whips, beet harvester disks, saws,
etc. Depending on the task at hand, the heater is replaced in the unit and its capabilities can be
expanded. The study of the sales market for the technology and unit for electrolytic-plasma hardening shows that in terms of efficiency and readiness for operation, this unit, due to the increase
in the cost of energy resources, is out of competition and can be used in almost any repair facility.
Fig. 2.57, 2.58 show photographs of typical products hardened in the unit (Fig. 2.55).
Fig. 2.57 Type of hardened agricultural machine tool:
a – feed grinder hammer; b – knife for crushing feed; c – workpiece of
a carbide saw; d – beet harvester disc
86
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
a
b
Fig. 2.58 Reinforced tool for agricultural machines: a – plow blade; b – forage drum lining
Application area.
Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic hardening provides a system of solid inclusions of a certain
shape with a thickness of up to 10 mm on the surface of products. The shape of this area depends
on the configuration of the outlet nozzle of the heater, and the thickness of the solid layer is determined by the processing time. The hardened areas of the surface create compressive stresses in
the surface layer of the part and, after abrasive processing, form depressions and protrusions of the
relief, for the implementation of hydrodynamic lubrication of the sliding bearing.
EPP has a wide ability to control the rate of heating and cooling of the surface. As a result, it
is possible to obtain solid layers with a thickness of 0.3 to 10 mm on the surface of the product.
The hardness of areas on the surface of a product made of 35XGSA steel is 52–58 HRC, 40X steel
is 55–64 HRC, and 65G steel is 62–68 HRC.
The technology of electrolytic-plasma hardening is effective for hardening such items as: internal cylindrical surfaces (Fig. 2.59).
Heavy conveyor supports and supporting wheels (Fig. 2.60); wheels of a heavy portal
crane (Fig. 2.61); the teeth of the gear wheels (Fig. 2.62).
Fig. 2.59 Long cylindrical parts, after hardening
of the inner surface, cast iron compressor cylinder
87
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
c
Fig. 2.60 Sketches of parts that wear locally along flat and cylindrical surfaces:
a, b – shackle of a heavy chain conveyor; c – gantry crane wheel
a
Fig. 2.61 Wheel of a heavy gantry crane:
a – view after hardening; b – view of strengthened local places
a
b
b
Fig. 2.62 Gear wheel: a – wheel segment;
b – view of the hardened layer at the tooth apex
The surface of the lining of a heavy ball mill (Fig. 2.63); steel parts with local solid inclusions
60 mm in diameter, used in the repair of railway transport (Fig. 2.64).
Knife tools for bending sheets and cutting rolled products (Fig. 2.65).
Electrolytic-plasma hardening is effective in hardening: knives and saws for cutting rolled steel;
adapters, pods, rods (pipes) of drilling rigs, pans, tool holders, etc. in the mining and ore industry;
discs, plows, openers, knives in agricultural machines and much more.
88
2 Electrolytic-plasma thermal cyclic treatment (EPTCT) of engineering products
a
b
Fig. 2.63 Lining of a heavy ball mill after hardening: a – top view; b – view from the lining end
a
b
c
Fig. 2.64 Steel parts after hardening with local inclusions of 60 mm diameter, used in the repair
of railway transport; a, b – parts fixed by electric arc welding; c – parts fixed with bolts
a
b
Fig. 2.65 Type of hardened tool: a – knives for sheet bending; b – knives for cutting rolled products
89
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The creation of a system of solid inclusions on the surface of products provides a multiple
increase in wear resistance (2–5 times), bending resistance (by 30–40 %) and prevents brittle
fracture of the part under extremely high loads (Fig. 2.66).
Fig. 2.66 Ball joint
This allows the technology to be used to strengthen products that operate in an abrasive
environment with high bending loads, for example, ball joints in the steering mechanism of a car.
90
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
Abstract
The possibility of using the electrolyte-plasma process not only as a tool for heating and surface
hardening, but also for refining the surface of products (rolled products) is shown. Technological
schemes and results of laboratory tests are presented.
KEYWORDS
Sheet metal, heater design, cleaning modes.
3.1 About devices for cleaning and heating sheets
In the metallurgical industry, up to 60 % of energy costs are spent on heating blanks and
cleaning them from contamination and an oxidized metal layer. Heating is carried out mainly by gasair methods, which have a low efficiency of energy use (30–40 %) and oxidize the metal surface.
As a result, a layer of scale forms on the surface. Its removal from the surface of the workpiece
is energy intensive and difficult. For surface cleaning, acid etching methods are usually used, which
require a lot of energy to neutralize them. The presence of traces of scale on the surface of
the workpiece causes increased wear of the deforming tool and destruction of the workpiece.
Developed in recent years, electrical contact heating does not provide uniform heating and
creates defects at the point where the electric current is supplied. These defects are the reason
for the destruction of the workpiece during further processing.
The implementation of non-oxidative heating, the creation of protective films and the control of
heating over a wide temperature range is a major problem in metallurgical processes. To prepare
the structure and increase the plasticity of the workpiece, thermal cyclic heating is important,
which can be done only with the use of electrical heating methods. Solving these problems will
ensure the receipt of quality products. The most important problem for the industry is also reducing the energy intensity of products, which is possible with the use of new heating methods that
significantly increase the efficiency of energy use.
Electrolyte-plasma technology makes it possible to carry out non-oxidizing, thermal cyclic heating of long metal workpieces, carried out simultaneously with cleaning the surface from scale, dirt
and creating a protective film. Energy-saving technology for heating and cleaning metal blanks in
ferrous metallurgy, based on the conversion of electric current into heat, switched by a plasma
from an electrolyte.
91
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Electrolyte-flame heating is accompanied by the reduction of metal oxides and the removal
of various kinds of loose contaminants, organic films and the creation of a protective film on the
metal surface.
New in energy-saving electrolyte-plasma heating and cleaning technology is that they carry out
contactless switching of electric current through the plasma layer, which serves as a medium for
generating electrical discharges. The discharges heat and clean the workpiece, and the active elements of the plasma reduce oxides and create a protective film. At the same time, the coefficient
of useful use of electrical energy when heating the metal reaches 80 %.
The electrolyte is transparent to the radiation of the heated metal, which makes it possible
to introduce temperature control sensors, automate the process and ensure high quality heating.
The contactless transmission of energy makes it possible to heat a long workpiece without
losing energy and destroying the switching devices and the metal surface. This ensures reliable and
long-term operation of technological devices.
The development of energy-saving electrolyte-plasma methods for heating metal blanks is carried out using the principles of synergy, concentration selectivity and discreteness. The intensification of heating will occur due to nonlinear physicochemical effects with a synergistic multifactorial
effect, and the supply of energy portions to the workpiece material will be carried out with a certain
frequency that affects the processes of transformation of its structure.
The workpiece is heated by electric discharges in the plasma layer, which is adjacent to
its surface. Discharges are initiated by switching the electric current with layers of plasma with
increased conductivity. A periodic change in the power density of electrical discharges accordingly
changes the surface temperature, which creates conditions for thermal cycling.
The thermal cycling mode is carried out in the environment of electrolysis products of the electrolyte, by periodically heating the surface of the article above the phase transformation temperature and cooling it below the transformation temperature. This ensures surface cleaning, oxidation
reduction, creation of a protective film and increases the ductility of the workpiece.
The device for heating the workpiece uses an electrolyte based on soluble salts containing
alloying elements. The electrolyte passes through the cells of the electrode, where the recombination of ion charges takes place, which are moved by a hydrodynamic current to the surface of the
workpiece. Thus, the transport of alloying elements to the surface of the workpiece and the creation of a protective film, which protects the surface from oxidation and reduces wear of the working surfaces of the tool, is carried out. Thermal cyclic heating intensifies the processes of diffusion
of alloying elements into the surface of the workpiece and increases the plasticity of the metal.
Part of the energy consumption (10–15 %) is spent on heating and evaporation of the electrolyte – the formation of a vapor-gas layer.
Fig. 3.1 shows a typical diagram of an electrolyte-plasma unit for anodic polarization for cleaning the surface of a sheet, operating at a reduced voltage – up to 150 V [40].
To improve the quality of the surface of critical parts of the repair removal of various coatings,
a method of plasma electrolyte treatment with anodic polarization with high (100–360 V) voltage
92
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
in electrolytes based on salts of inorganic carboxylic acids of low (2–7 %) concentration is proposed [84]. At voltages below optimal values, the vapor-gas shell can break off and a transition
to active electrochemical dissolution of the alloy is possible. If the vapor-gas shell is stable, then
the processes of oxidation of the surface and dissolution of the surface of the anode-article occur
simultaneously [84].
Fig. 3.1 Diagram of an ANDRITZ electrolyte sheet peeler
For example, NLMP uses electrolytic cleaning prior to coating in conjunction with brushing and
pickling. Cleaning device, Fig. 3.2, contains anodes parallel to the surface of the sheet. An alkaline
electrolyte is fed into the interelectrode gap.
Fig. 3.2 Electrolyte cleaning scheme adopted at NLMP
The sheet serves as a cathode. Cleaning according to this scheme provides no more than
20 mg of contamination per 1 m2 of leaf surface. The main disadvantages of this cleaning method
are: poor quality; high energy intensity; the need for washing and drying the sheet; impossibility to
combine heating and cleaning of the sheet in a cycle [40].
For electrolyte-plasma heating by an electric current, a switched electrolyte electrode and
a plasma layer adjacent to the workpiece surface, a higher voltage is required – up to 300 V.
93
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
A periodic change in the electric current intensity changes the power density of electric discharges
in the plasma layer and, accordingly, the workpiece surface temperature. The thermal cycling mode
is carried out by periodically heating the surface of the product above and cooling it below the
transformation temperature. The introduction of active elements into the plasma provides, simultaneously with thermal cyclic heating, surface cleaning and, to protect against oxidation, the
deposition of a dense and thin coating. Dozens of firms and institutes work in the field of electrolytic-plasma cleaning and heating, technologies and devices have been developed that mainly use
the anode mode of switching on the workpiece, patents have been obtained, for example, [85–89].
Fig. 3.3 shows a diagram of unit for thermal cyclic heating, cleaning and chemical-thermal
treatment of the surface of a sheet product. The active element of the vapor-gas layer is hydrogen,
which is a powerful reducing agent of oxides, and the introduction of such elements as sodium,
aluminum, chromium provides chemical-thermal treatment and protection of the cleaned surface
from oxidation. The great advantage of the proposed heating method is the high efficiency of electrical energy, which, in combination with the combined action of cleaning and diffusion of alloying
elements, provides high efficiency.
Fig. 3.3 Diagram of a device for electrolytic-plasma
cleaning of a sheet, heating and heating control
Automated control provides controlled heating, cleaning and formation of a protective film on
the surface of the workpiece. The presence of a transparency window in the electrolyte makes it
possible to introduce temperature control sensors, automate the heating and cooling process, and
ensure high quality of metal thermal cycling in a given temperature range. Contactless transmission
of energy makes it possible to heat workpieces of great length without loss of energy and destruction of switching devices. This ensures reliable and long-term operation of technological devices.
The development of energy-saving electrolyte-plasma methods for heating billets will be carried
out using the principles of synergy, concentration selectivity and discreteness. The intensification
94
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
of heating and cleaning will occur due to nonlinear physicochemical effects with a synergistic multifactorial effect, and the supply of energy portions to the workpiece material will be carried out with
a certain frequency, which affects the processes of transformation of its structure.
3.2 Efficiency of electrolytic-plasma cleaning
The sheet on its surface has a layer of corrosion (iron hydroxides) of varying thickness
and length. Corrosion can take the form of a local spot or occupy an extended area. The surface
relief of the sheet is not visible under the corrosion layer (Fig. 3.4). On the surface of the sheet,
there are point defects in the form of depressions and non-metallic inclusions (Fig. 3.4, a) and local
inclusions of scale (Fig. 3.4, b).
Loose contaminants that contain metal and non-metal particles, organic films, a thin layer of
liquid that cover the entire surface of the sheet, including areas with layers of corrosion. Through
these contaminants, the surface relief of the sheet, characteristic for each type of steel, is visible (Fig. 3.5). Contamination is also located in microcavities, under the surface of the sheet.
The most common loose contaminants and corrosion traces usually do not hide the surface relief.
But under this layer there are open pockets with non-metallic inclusions, which are clearly visible
after washing the surface with alcohol (Fig. 3.5, b).
The scale layer can be dense. Sometimes scale inclusions have the correct shape (Fig. 3.4, b).
It can be seen in the photograph that even with an increase of ×500, sharpness is directed both
to the surface of the inclusion and to the characteristic features of the relief, which confirms our
assumption that it is the inclusion on the surface, and not the surface particle (dust grain).
When removing loose contaminants from the surface (washing with alcohol), it can be observed
that it consists of characteristic «plateaus», depressions in the surface and depressions (inclusions) of various sizes (Fig. 3.5, b).
a
b
Fig. 3.4 Iron hydroxides of various thicknesses and lengths
on the surface of the sheet: a – local layers of corrosion; b – scale
95
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 3.5 Layers of corrosion, scale and loose contamination
of various thicknesses and lengths on the sheet surface
c
Experimental work on cleaning samples from sheet steel was carried out on a special
stand (Fig. 3.6). This stand had a faceplate for holding samples and an electrolyte-plasma device for heating/cleaning. The technology was controlled by means of a controlled electric energy
converter – a rectifier.
Samples of sheet steel are fixed on a faceplate (Fig. 3.6) with the ability to move at
a speed of 10 m/s. The active area of the electrolyte-plasma device for heating/cleaning is
a⋅b 7.5 cm2 (3⋅2.5). The sample surface was cleaned at a speed of 10 m/s. Carried out 1, 2, 3-fold
processing of the surface area.
Fig. 3.6 Scheme of processing (cleaning) samples
in laboratory conditions
The quality of cleaning is assessed visually, by the number of visible stains and dirt particles,
as well as by the color of the surface. The heating temperature of the leaf surface was assessed
by the presence of traces of melting and tarnishing colors. Samples of sheet steel 030/CRS
and Full Hard/027 were used.
96
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
The results of experimental work showed that after one pass of the electrolyte-plasma heater,
there are no loose contaminants on the cleaned surface of the sheet (Fig. 3.7). In places of the
surface where there was corrosion, defects occur in the form of a typical etching pattern.
On the surface of the sample after cleaning, a clear relief with traces of etching corrosion
is visible. Inclusions that were not destroyed at a given energy density are also seen. The surface
cleaning results on Full Hard/027 steel samples showed that the surface acquired a light gray
metallic color. All tops of irregularities and protruding boundaries of the «plateau» and depressions
have a characteristic melting. The photograph of the surface (Fig. 3.7) shows that all the depressions and cavities are not in sharpness, which confirms the assumption about the destruction of
the non-metallic inclusions located there. Round «craters» and inclusions remain on the surface.
a
b
Fig. 3.7 View of the sheet surface after one pass of the heater:
a – steel 030/CRS; b – steel Full Hard/027
The cleaning effect is clearly visible on steel 030/CRS after three passes. In the photograph
of an uncleaned surface (Fig. 3.4, 3.5), the surface relief is hardly visible and a layer of corrosion
is visible (highlighted in yellow by light filters).
A characteristic lowering of the «plateau» relief can be seen on the cleaned surface (Fig. 3.7, a).
The sharp edges of the «plateau» boundaries have traces of melting (Fig. 3.7, b).
The thermal mechanism of destruction of non-metallic inclusions can be traced by comparing
the characteristic relief of the depression (pocket) in Fig. 3.8 and the type of melted trough
boundaries. Despite the increase of ×500 in Fig. 3.8, a, b, the surface of the inclusion in the
depression is visible, which is not shown in Fig. 3.7. Apparently, the rapid heating of the boundaries
of the depression before melting destroys the nonmetallic inclusion. An empty cavity is formed
at the point of inclusion.
This mechanism is clearly shown in the photograph (Fig. 3.8, b). Here it is possible to observe
strong fusion of the boundaries and traces of thermal influence, which accompany the heating of
the periphery of the non-metallic inclusion. Inside the crater cavity, apparently, there are oxides,
scale residues and melted metal particles.
97
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 3.8 View of the surface of a Full Hard/027 steel sheet
after electrolytic-plasma cleaning
c
It is characteristic that the cleaning of the Full Hard/027 and 030/CRS steel samples was
carried out under the same conditions, at the same energy density, but all protruding boundaries and tops of irregularities on the surface of the Full Hard/027 steel samples were uniformly
melted (Fig. 3.7, b and Fig. 3.8).
After cleaning steel 030/CRS samples, no flashing was observed (Fig. 3.7, a). Only the melting
of the boundaries of cavities (pockets) containing non-metallic inclusions was observed.
With a 2.0 cm wide active sprayer slot and a sheet width of 30.5 cm, the total heating area is
61 cm2 on one side and 122 cm2 on both sides. Productivity is 10 m/min.
The required current is 122⋅5 = 610 A. The power expended for processing the surface of the
sheet with one row of sprayers will be 610–280 = 170 kVA.
For thermal cycling and heating, it is necessary to have at least 3 rows of sprayers. In this
case, their electrical power will be 170⋅3 = 510 kVA.
The calculated coefficient of efficient use of electrical energy spent on heating the sheet is
taken as 70 %, or 510⋅0.7 = 357 kVA.
Effectively combine cleaning and heating of the sheet before metallization (coating) technology.
It is proposed (Fig. 3.4), directly under the crucible for metallizing the sheet, to install a block of
three slot-type sprayers. Install temperature control systems under the crucible. The readings of this
system, in the form of a proportional electrical signal, are introduced through an automated adapter
into the power thyristor circuit for controlling the electric field strength. This will allow not only to
clean the surface, but also to melt its defects, to control the heating temperature of the sheet.
3.3 Device for cleaning and heating rolled products
The device for heating rolled products includes chambers (Fig. 3.9). Structurally, the chambers
are made of a dielectric cylindrical body (Fig. 3.10, a) and an anode (Fig. 3.10, b), with through
holes for supplying an electrically conductive medium-electrolyte to the processed rolled surface.
98
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
Fig. 3.9 Chambers for cleaning and heating rolled products
a
b
Fig. 3.10 Details of the chamber for cleaning and heating rolled products:
a – dielectric body; b – anode
To maintain a uniform and trouble-free technological mode of surface treatment, the device
has a system for fixing the anode and the object being processed relative to each other. This device
makes it possible to form a layer of plasma with reducing properties that is stable in time in the
near-surface zone. Energy transfer is carried out by supplying an electrically conductive medium –
electrolyte – to the surface to be treated through the anode with through holes (Fig. 3.10, b).
The electrolyte is an aqueous solution of a metal salt.
This design of the device (Fig. 3.11) provides non-oxidative heating of long products or
chemical-thermal treatment of the surface of products. The problem of uniform heating of the
product over the section is solved by choosing the technological modes of heating and temperature control.
The Rolled product moves through the chamber by means of specialized devices for coiling and
winding Rolled product into rolls.
The device (Fig. 3.11) contains several discrete chambers isolated from each other (3, 4,
5, 6) – reactors with anodes that have through holes and are connected to electrical circuits with
different voltages. There is also a sensor – 13 for measuring the speed of the rolling and sensor –
7 for measuring the temperature of the rolling. The first sensor ensures trouble-free operation
when changing the speed of rolling. It blocks voltage activation at low speeds. And the second
sensor is included in the electrical voltage control circuit at the output chamber, which provides
an increase-decrease in the heating power of the Rolled product, depending on its temperature.
99
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 3.11 Schematic view of a device for heating rolled products
In the device for heating rolled products, discrete chambers (Fig. 3.9) are made of non-conductive material (fluoroplastic or ceramics) and contain a volume of flowing electrolyte limited by
conductive anodes, the surfaces of which are equidistant from the processed rolled surface. In the
anodes (Fig. 3.10, b), holes are made, the axes of which are oriented to the surface to be treated,
and windows are made in the upper part of the chambers for removing vapors and electrolyte drain.
The anodes in the chambers located at the inlet of the rolled metal are connected to an electric
circuit with a maximum electric current of 280–340 V. In the subsequent chambers, the anodes
are connected to a reduced voltage of 200–240 V.
Placement at the exit of the chambers of the sensor – 7 measurements of the intensity and
wavelength of the radiation of heated rolled products and the inclusion of the output signal from
this sensor, as a control one, into an electric circuit with an electric power control regulator,
provides the ability to control the intensity of the electric current at the anode of the chambersreactors located on exit rolling. This ensures monitoring and control of the temperature of the
rolled product by means of electrical feedback from the sensor to the control circuits of the electric
power regulator of the output chamber.
Ultimately, an optimal heating mode is set in each of the chambers, which ensures uniform
heating of the Rolled product over the section. The sensor provides control and management of the
temperature of the rolled product at the exit from the last chamber.
100
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
During the operation of the device, in the first chamber, an intensive heating mode of cold rolled
products is carried out, which comes from the unwinding device, in the second and subsequent
chambers, intensive heating alternates with moderate heating, which allows the temperature to
be equalized over the cross section of the rolled product, and a controlled heating mode is set in
the last chamber. The heating mode in the last chamber is controlled by a temperature sensor and
a program for controlling the power of the electrical circuit.
The device for heating rolled products (Fig. 3.11) has symmetry about the longitudinal axis of
the heated rolled products. This device contains a tank-bed – 1, a body – 2 made of non-conductive
material, discrete chamber-reactors 3, 4, 5, 6 for heating rolled products, a proximity sensor – 7
for rolled temperatures, a pump – 8 for electrolyte supply, a hydraulic system – 9 for electrolyte
consumption control, electrolyte distributor – 10 in discrete chambers, protective case – 11,
electrical contacts – 12 for switching electrical energy, rolling speed sensor – 13, dry current
collector – 14 for grounding and damping rolling vibrations.
Fig. 3.12 shows a view of a device for heating rolled products, a section through the heater.
The tank-bed – 1 contains electrolyte – 15, the chambers are fixed by means of a case – 2 made of
non-conductive material, as well as brackets – 16 and studs – 17. Chambers have metal anodes 18.
Windows 19 are made in the center of the chambers. The anodes are connected to the power supply by means of terminals – 20, which are covered with a case – 11. The pump – 8 supplies electrolyte through the hydraulic system – 9 to control the flow of electrolyte and the distributor – 10.
The electrolyte is supplied to the discrete chambers through the choke – 21.
Fig. 3.12 View of a device for heating rolled products, section
through the heater
101
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
As a result, the open windows of the chambers form an extended bath filled with a flowing electrolyte, Fig. 3.13. Rolled product is immersed in this bath, which has a longitudinal displacement,
and each section of the rolling sequentially passes through the windows of all chambers. The rolled
metal is stretched into a line and moved from one roll to another by means of standard coiling and
winding devices.
Rolled steel stretched in a line is placed along the axis of the electrolyte bath, which is formed
from the open windows of the chambers (Fig. 3.14). The supply of electrolyte to each of the chambers ensures that the bath is filled with electrolyte.
Fig. 3.13 View of the bath with cameras fixed in it
a
b
c
Fig. 3.14 General view of the device for cleaning and heating rolled products
102
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
The anodes in the chambers are individually connected to regulated sources of electric
current. The anode in the first reactor chamber is connected to a high voltage of 280–340 V.
This voltage ensures the formation of a plasma layer even on the cold and oxide-contaminated rolled surface and heats the rolled stock at a rate of 200–500 °C/s. The anodes in the
subsequent chambers are connected to a reduced voltage of 180–220 V, which ensures the
maintenance of the plasma layer and heating of the rolled stock at a rate of 50–150 °C/s. The
low heating rate ensures uniform heating of the entire rolled section without overheating the
surface. The anode in the last chamber is connected by means of a controlled electric current
source. The control is carried out by means of a signal from the temperature sensor at the
outlet of the device for heating the rolled stock. The sensor measures the surface temperature, which allows to control the heating power in the last reactor chamber. The presence
of three or more, isolated from each other, discrete chamber-reactors provides the ability
to connect each chamber to an individual source of electric current. This ensures uniform
heating of rolled products without overheating the surface. Gauges for measuring the speed
of rolling, rolling temperature and an automated heating power control system, using a special
program, provide the ability to automate heating control and exclude a violation of the heating
technology (Fig. 3.14).
In the device for heating rolled products discrete chambers are made of non-conductive material and electrically conductive anodes. The inclusion of anodes in an individual electrical circuit
ensures the transfer of energy to the rolling stock with minimal losses for heating the electrolyte. Reducing losses for heating the electrolyte is also ensured by such essential features as
the execution of through holes in the anodes, the axes of which are directed to the center of the
reactor chamber, where the heated rolling moves.
To improve the quality of heating and ensure the safety of work, the device contains a sensor
for measuring the speed of the product, which is included in the electrical circuit for controlling
the process current.
The sensor provides the ability to turn on the process current only at a certain speed of the
rolled products, which excludes overheating at low speeds or when the rolling stock is stationary.
Testing a device with a different number of chambers for heating rolled products showed that an
increase in the number of chambers to 3 or more ensured uniform heating of rolled products at
a speed of 30 m/s.
An increase in the number of cameras is necessary to ensure processing performance.
At high speeds of rolling stock, more than 60 m/s, a device with 8 chambers is required (Fig. 3.15).
Tests have shown that when the anode is connected in the first chamber to a low voltage of
180–220 V, the device does not work and does not provide high-quality heating. The connection of
the anode in the first chamber for 320 V ensures cleaning and heating of the rolled stock already
in the first chamber and the continuation of the heating technology in the subsequent chambers,
where the anodes are connected to a reduced voltage.
The most optimal options are processing modes No. 6, 10, 12 (Table 3.1).
103
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 3.15 Type of unit with 8 chambers for cleaning and heating rolled products
Table 3.1 Modes of electrolytic-plasma technology for cleaning and heating rolled products
Voltage at
Number
the anode
No. of chamof the first
bers
chamber, V
Voltage at
the anodes of
subsequent
chambers, V
Heating power Rolled product Heating temperacontrol on the movement
ture of the rolled
last chamber speed, m/s
product surface, °С
1
2
180
300
no
30
400
2
2
340
340
no
30
600
3
3
340
220
no
30
900
4
3
340
220
no
30
1000
5
4
180
300
no
30
1200
6
4
340
200
Yes
30
1000
7
5
200
200
No
60
400
8
5
340
200
Yes
60
900
9
6
340
180
No
60
800
10
6
340
180
Yes
60
1000
11
7
340
180
No
60
900
12
8
340
180
yes
60
1000
The device for cleaning and heating rolled products can be used in various industries.
104
3 Cleaning and heating of rolled metal
Conclusions
Electrolyte-plasma technology and equipment for cleaning rolled products in the metallurgical
industry in the cathodic mode are proposed. The technology and equipment can be used for heating
long-length workpieces before deformation and for surface preparation of long-length workpieces
before coating with zinc. For example, JSC Cherepovets Steel Rolling Plant has 37 galvanized
wire production lines. According to the plant, up to 30 % of the cost of this wire is the cost of
cleaning the wire with acids and their neutralization. Up to 10 % of the cost is energy consumption
for heating the wire. The technologies of electrolytic-plasma heating, cleaning, thermal cycling
and deposition of a protective coating are carried out simultaneously, on the same unit, which
expands the scope of their application. The above advantages of the developed readjustable unit
will make it possible to widely use the technology and equipment in the metallurgical and machinebuilding industries.
105
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
Abstract
Technological methods of surface chemical-thermal treatment (CTT) using the electrolyteplasma processing method are described. The used technological equipment is described. The results of studies of processes of surface alloying of metal alloys are presented.
KEYWORDS
Soluble anode, suspension, micropowder, nitrogen-containing electrolyte, electrolysis, deposition of alloying elements, concentration.
4.1 Introduction
There are various methods of thermal and chemical-thermal treatment of the surface of steel
parts, including methods of heating the surface with concentrated energy sources. Electrolyte-plasma
technology also makes it possible to implement chemical-thermal treatment of products [39, 42,
53, 90, 91]. The essence of the technology lies in the fact that in a dielectric bath with a flowing
liquid-electrolyte, an electrode connected to a voltage source is placed, which is an anode. The
workpiece to be processed is connected to the second pole of the same voltage source and is the
cathode. The surface of the part is brought in until it touches the surface of the electrolyte. Electric
arcs are excited at the interface between the metal product and the electrolyte, which causes
the surface to heat up to a temperature that is optimal for chemical-thermal treatment. The
subsequent disconnection of the voltage ensures rapid cooling of the surface with the electrolyte.
Contact of the surface of the part with the electrolyte causes the formation of many electrical
discharges, which form a plasma layer separating the surface of the part – the cathode and the
surface of the electrolyte – an aqueous solution of salt. Depending on the activity of the elements
that make up the plasma layer, reactions of metal reduction from oxides and (or) plasma-chemical
reactions of the formation of carbides, nitrides and complex compounds take place on the surface
of the part. A high heating rate causes large temperature gradients and elastoplastic deformation of the surface layer of the product, which significantly accelerates diffusion processes [92],
creates conditions for phase hardening and refinement of the crystal structure. Cyclic heating of
the surface layer of the product will provide thermal diffusion transfer of elements.
An unit for local thermal diffusion deposition of coatings on the surface of cylindrical products should be able to control the temperatures of the plasma and the workpiece surface being
106
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
processed, which determines the flexibility and efficiency of the electrolyte-plasma technology. The
electrolyte used in the unit must ensure: environmental safety, availability of materials, technological flexibility. Two directions of experimental work are presented. The first is obtaining alloying
elements from a solid anode electrode using electrochemical dissolution. The second is the introduction of a powdery material into the plasma layer, which is formed on the treated surface of
the part. The main constituent of the electrolyte is water. Water molecules are highly resistant
to heat. At temperatures above 1000 °C, water vapor begins to decompose into hydrogen and
oxygen: 2H2O↔2H2+O2. Superheated hydrogen, due to its lightness and positive charge, forms
a layer on the heated surface of the product, which is connected by the cathode. In this layer,
hydrogen is a reducing agent. To intensify the reduction of oxides, carbon is introduced into the
plasma layer, which is also a good reducing agent. Let’s use micropowders of oxides of copper, zinc,
aluminum, chromium, as well as micropowders of carbon (graphite) and others. Glycerin was used
to plasticize the electrolyte – powder suspension.
The materials selected for experiments have the following distinctive features: insolubility in alkaline media, the ability to adsorb fatty acids, low specific gravity and microdispersity. These materials
are evenly distributed in the electrolyte and transported using a pump through the hydraulic system
of the unit with an alkaline solution to the plasma layer, where the processes of reduction and plasma-chemical synthesis of products are carried out, which condense on the surface of the product.
4.2 Examples of equipment for surface CTT
The industry uses long cylinders. These are hydraulic drives, pumps, engine and compressor
cylinders, etc. The performance of these products depends on the wear of the inner cylindrical
surfaces. High requirements for the strength of products limit the use of volumetric methods of
thermal and chemical-thermal treatment.
Electrolyte-plasma technologies for chemical-thermal treatment of cylindrical surfaces were
carried out on the unit (Fig. 4.1), by introducing an electrolyte heater inside the cylinder. Surface
heating is carried out by electric arcs between the surfaces of the product and the liquid electrolyte
electrode. A solution of metal salts in water is used as a liquid electrode. Electric arcs develop
in a plasma layer containing alloying elements. Cooling is carried out with the same electrolyte.
A periodic change in the strength of the electric current changes the power density and, accordingly,
the surface temperature. The power density of electrical energy when heated is up to 104 W/cm2,
and when cooled up to 100 W/cm2. Periodic heating of the surface of the article above the phase
transformation temperature and cooling it below the transformation temperature carry out the
thermal cycling mode. The unit includes the following components (assembly units) (Fig. 4.1): product manipulator (rotator) – 1; device for fastening products – 2; electrolyte heater – 3; holder for
heater – 4; traverse for moving the heater – 5; pump – 6; tank – 7 and electrolyte supply system;
electric current converter – 8. The unit is also completed with a non-contact temperature control
107
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
system and an automated heating control system. Heater – 3 is fixed on a special traverse – 4 by
means of insulators in the inner cavity of the upper part of the tank. The heater has a fitting for
electrolyte inlet. The ends of the wire from the rectifier (+) are connected to the anode in the electrolyte heater. The ends from the rectifier (–) are connected to the product via a current collector.
The experiments were carried out on a modernized unit for electrolytic-plasma treatment (Fig. 2.6). The unit includes the following main components (Fig. 4.2): a non-contact temperature control system and an automated control system – 1 heating the surface of the product;
an electric current converter and a manipulator control system – 2; manipulator device for fastening
the product – 3; electrolyte heater – 4; large tank with electrolyte – 5; small tank with a pump – 6.
Heater – 4 is fixed on a special traverse by means of insulators in the inner cavity of the upper
part of the tank.
Fig. 4.1 Unit diagram for cylinders CTT
Fig. 4.2 Unit of chemical-thermal surface treatment of cylindrical surfaces
The use of electrolytes based on water-soluble alkaline salts and carbon micropowders, aluminum oxides, chromium oxides, etc. allows to restore alloying elements directly in the plasma layer,
108
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
which is adjacent to the heated surface. The electric field forms a layer with positively charged alloying elements on the heated surface of the product. Combined cyclic heating of alloying elements
and the surface of the product provides plasma-chemical synthesis, diffusion and chemical-thermal
treatment of the surface of the product.
CTT can be carried out on local areas of the surface without heating the entire product. The
cyclic change in the temperature of the surface layer of the product intensifies the diffusion process. A change in the temperature of local areas of the surface is controlled by a change in the
electric field strength in the gap between the surfaces of the product and the liquid electrode using
a specialized heater, as well as a measuring and control complex (Fig. 4.3).
a
b
Fig. 4.3 A set of equipment for the control of electrolyte-plasma heating: a – a heater with
a temperature measurement sensor; b – type of measuring complex and electrolytic-plasma equipment
The heater is designed for controlled heating of the product – sheet – 1, by local exposure to
electrolyte plasma – 2, in through the gap – 3, the heated product is included in the electrical circuit – 5, by means of a controlled converter – 4, the other pole 6 from the converter is connected
to the anode of the heater. The converter receives a control signal from the unit – 7, which is
included in the electrical circuit with an analog converter – 8 of the control signal received through
the conductor – 9. The heater is installed in the housing – 10, by means of a sliding rod – 11.
The housing is fixed on the arm – 12 manipulators and is connected to the pipeline – 13, through
which the electrolyte is introduced, which through the jets – 14 provides the lifting force and optimization of the gap – 3. The sensor for measuring the temperature – thermistor – 15 is installed
in the case – 16 and through the holes 17 in the anode case – 18, is fixed in anode – 19 so as to
provide an optimal distance in the hydrodynamic concentrator – 20. The sensor provides an actual
reading of the surface temperature. These results are analyzed and a control signal is generated,
109
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
which is converted in the converter 4 into an overvoltage and/or undervoltage of an electric current. The system in Fig. 4.3 provides temperature stabilization of heating, which makes it possible to carry out a long-term chemical heat treatment process without overheating the surface.
The temperature and heating time were controlled using a special device with a feedback on the
product temperature through an infrared sensor. The sensor is built-in along the axis of the heater,
perpendicular to the heated surface, which makes it possible to capture radiation from the heated
surface. The electrical signal from the sensor, after amplification, is fed to the input of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC) ADA-1406. The signal is analyzed using analog software and by means
of an ADC it gives the necessary signal to the control relay. The device has the ability to preset
the signal corresponding to the characteristic heating temperatures T1 and T2. The analog device
analyzes and compares the signal strength from the infrared sensor and the preset signal values.
The analysis shows that the temperature T1 has been reached and then the program turns off
the increased voltage (250–320 V) at which accelerated heating of the surface occurs. The electrolytic-plasma process continues at a reduced voltage (120–220 V), which is characterized by cooling of
the heated surface. Analysis of the next signal level shows that the surface temperature has dropped
and reached T2 – the software issues an ADC command to connect an overvoltage (250–320 V).
Plasma-chemical synthesis is carried out in a plasma layer on the surface of the product. An
increase in the electric field strength up to 300 kV/m leads to the formation of electric discharges,
which heat the layer on the surface of the product and intensify the processes of oxide reduction
and plasma chemical synthesis. The strength of the electric field ensures the transportation of the
products of reduction and plasma-chemical synthesis to the surface of the product.
The kinematic scheme of the unit provides the CTT possibility on the outer and inner surfaces of
the cylinders. The unit has three coordinates for the movement of the plasma device and one coordinate – the rotation of the product (sample). The unit is completed with an electric current converter
and a control system, which includes a photoresistor sensor and an analog control system – Logic type.
The unit provides for two systems for supplying electrolyte. The electrolyte is used for switching electrical energy and for transporting the powdery material into the plasma layer. During operation, the heater is filled with electrolyte and closes the electrical circuit (between the surface of
the sample (cathode) and the anode).
The optimal placement of the product relative to the heater is so that the hardened surface
hangs over the heater from above. When hardening the inner surface of the cylinders, the heater
is introduced into the product, Fig. 4.4. In this case, the product-cylinder – 1 is fixed horizontally,
the cathode – 2 in the heater is parallel to the surface of the cylinder, and the heater is fixed by
rollers – 3 on the lower surface of the cylinder. Spent electrolyte flows down the bottom of the
cylinder surface – 4.
The process electric voltage is supplied to the heater from a rectifier, which consists of three
separate devices with a rated operating voltage (V) of power sources: power 340, 320, 300,
280, 260; supporting 220, 200, 180, 160 and preparation 60, 40, 20. The rectifier control unit
contains a time relay and is made on the basis of a programmable device with surface temperature
110
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
correction from non-contact sensors. The time relay, by means of thyristor switches, sets the
operating time (switching on) of the rectifiers and the order of their switching on and off. The actual
values of the process current are determined by the instruments on the panel of the control cabinet.
To supply electrolyte, a tank with a pump with a capacity of up to 10 l/min is built into the unit. The
electrolyte temperature in the system is stabilized by means of a heat exchanger located in the tank.
Fig. 4.4 Diagram of a heater for a CTT of the inner
surface of a cylinder
Methods for controlling the rate of heating and cooling of local sections of the surface of the
product in the range of 20–500 °С/s, at a power density of up to 104 W/cm2, were used for CTT.
The use of the principle of periodic decrease and increase of the electric voltage in the interelectrode layer made it possible to heat the surface layer to a depth of 10 mm and, accordingly, to
harden this layer on the surface of the product [44, 90–92].
The movement of the heater relative to the inner surface of the cylinder allows the formation
of a hardened layer, which can have various configurations. The outlet nozzle of the heater can be
of any geometry that will suitably form the appearance of a hardened surface area. For example, an
elliptical nozzle has formed staggered or helical portions of the corresponding shape with respect
to the generatrix of the product. Continuous movement of the heater provides the formation of
helical lines with different angles of rise on the surface to be hardened. A characteristic feature
of the shape of the hardened sections is the large size of the sections or the width of the helical
lines (from 15 to 50 mm), which causes the formation of a layer with compressive stresses.
The electrolyte heater is equipped with a temperature control system, which is connected to
the control circuit by means of an optoelectronic digital converter-sensor. The mode of operation
of the technology is set by changing the density of electric power in the plasma layer and the speed
of movement. The sensor axis is perpendicular to the cell cross-sectional plane, and the electrolyte
111
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
is supplied through the channels of the metal electrode so that the sensor is placed under an
electrolyte layer 10–20 mm thick.
A sensor for non-contact measurement of the amount of radiation from the heated surface
of the product can be made in the form of a photoresistor and is included in the arm of the bridge
circuit so that with an increase in the amount of radiation, the magnitude of the measurement
signal increases and decreases with decreasing to certain values, which serve as a signal for the
electrical potential switching circuit. The use of sensors in the device for non-contact measurement of the amount of radiation from the surface of the product, ensures the automation of the
technology and the implementation of the technology of thermal cycling of the surface in a given
temperature range.
To analyze the signal from the sensor, an analog system for analyzing and controlling the voltage of the process current between the electrode gap is selected. This ensures high quality CTT
and the formation of hardened structures with a low level of stress. The use of the above features
causes the layer-by-layer formation of hardened layers, where hard structures alternate with soft
ones, which serve for stress relaxation, as well as an increase in toughness at high hardness.
To test the method of chemical-thermal treatment, a specialized unit was made, equipped with
a device for thermal cycling of products (Fig. 4.2, 4.3).
Fig. 4.5 shows the adjustment of the device for the CTT of the inner surfaces of the cylinders.
Heating is carried out by electric current, which is switched between a special anode electrode and
the surface of the product through an electrically conductive liquid – electrolyte. The heater for
cylinders CTT has the shape of a ceramic conoid, the anode is built-in along the conoid axis – 1, and
the electrolyte is fed through a metal tube – 2, which performs the functions of fixing and supplying
electric current. Nozzle – 3 serves to form an electrolyte jet and is located in the upper part of the
cylindrical part of the ceramic body. The processed samples – cylinders – 4 are fixed in a three-jaw
self-centering chuck – 5.
Fig. 4.5 View of the unit in the process of chemical-thermal treatment of cylinders
112
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
Specialized electrolyte-plasma heaters were designed and manufactured for CTT of external
cylindrical and flat surfaces, Fig. 4.6 with replaceable metal anodes – 1, dielectric bodies – 2,
ceramic nozzles – 3.
a
b
Fig. 4.6 Electrolyte-plasma heater: a – parts; b – assembled
The heaters were fixed on the support of the device by means of a bracket – 4 and insulating
plates – 5. The electrolyte was supplied to the heater through a fitting – 6. The heater (Fig. 4.6, b)
is installed under the part with a gap between the ceramic nozzle – 3 and the processed surface
of 2–3 mm. The electrolyte is fed through the nozzle 6 and enters the hydrodynamic concentrator – 2 through the metal anode – 1 (Fig. 4.6, a).
4.3 CTT using soluble net anodes
The study was carried out on samples that were annealed; the defect layer from the surface
of the samples was removed by an abrasive method. The roughness of the samples corresponded
to Rz-3.6 µm used flat samples made of steel 3. The elemental composition of the surface of
the samples was determined using a SEM-515 scanning electron microscope (Philips, Holland)
equipped with a Link microanalyzer. Micro X-ray spectral analysis of the distribution of elements
was carried out on a Comebax SX 50 device (France) with a probe diameter of 1 µm.
Work on CTT was carried out with a heater for flat surfaces (Fig. 4.5) on the unit (Fig. 4.2) with
local sections (Fig. 4.7, a) having a diameter of 30 mm and stripes per passage (Fig. 4.7, b) having
a width of 30 mm and a length 200 mm. The efficiency of the introduction of alloying elements during
the dissolution of the grid – anode was tested. The mesh – the anode was made of sheet brass, which
contained 90 % copper, zinc (up to 9 %). The resulting coating is characterized by a characteristic
reddish color (Fig. 4.7, a – sample 2 and Fig. 4.7, b – samples 5, 6). The integral analysis of the coating on the sample surface was averaged over an area of 80×80 µm from a layer about 2.5 µm thick.
113
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 4.7 Surface morphology after chemical-thermal treatment:
a – local areas – diameter 30 mm; b – in stripes – width 30 mm, length 200 mm
The surface temperature was varied in the range 800–1500 °С. Fig. 4.7, а shows the morphology of the local surface at 1500 °С. In Fig. 4.7, a (samples 1 and 4), it can be seen that the
surface is melted and has a developed relief. The roughness of the surface when heated to 1000 °С
practically did not change (Fig. 4.7, a (samples 2 and 3)). When processing the strip (per pass),
the surface temperature varied from 800 to 1500 °С. At temperatures up to 1000 °С, the surface roughness has not changed, Fig. 4.7, b (samples 5, 6, 8, and 9). At high temperatures, traces
of metal melting appear on the surface, Fig. 4.7, b (sample 7).
Fig. 4.8, 4.9 show the surface morphology. Overheating of the coating practically did not
affect its chemical composition, but the relief is characterized by local areas of melting of the
coating material.
Fig. 4.8 Surface morphology with a coating obtained
in a mode with heating up to 1000 °С
114
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
At a temperature of 800 °C, a less rough coating is obtained (Fig. 4.9), with small local areas
of melting. The chemical composition of the coating is practically the same.
Fig. 4.9 Surface morphology with a coating obtained
in a mode with heating up to 800 °C
The analysis results show that the coating contains elements that make up the composition of
the soluble anode material. The surface layer contains up to 15 % alloying elements.
The next stage of the work was to check the possibility of dissolving the anode, which is
made of chromium-containing materials and the formation of a surface layer with an increased
chromium content.
The mesh anode was made of stainless steel 12X18N9T, containing: 17–19 % chromium,
8–9 % nickel, 0.6–0.8 % titanium, no more than 0.8 % silicon (Si), no more than 2.0 % manganese (Mn), no more than 0.30 % copper (Cu), no more than 0.12 % carbon (C), no more than
0.03 % phosphorus (P) and sulfur (S). A layer of ferrochrome granules was laid on the mesh surface, which contained up to 70 % chromium, up to 9 % silicon, and the rest iron. The processing
was carried out with heating of the sample surface in the temperature range of 500–1150 °С.
Analysis of the results of the experiment shows (Table 4.1) that the amount of alloying elements in the surface layers depends on the heating temperature and processing time.
At a surface temperature below 900 °C, the content of alloying elements in the surface layer
is significantly reduced (Table 4.1).
Table 4.1 Content of Cr and Si after electrolytic-plasma heating of the surface in different modes
No.
Electrode material
1
2
3
4
Х18Н9Т+FeCr
Time
Temperature
Si content, %
Cr content, %
100
950–1150
0.95
1.74–1.91
30
1150
0.7
1.31–1.44
180
500
0,5
0.13–0.33
180
800
0,6
0.8–0.93
115
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The results of the study showed that it is possible to use soluble mesh anodes for the introduction of alloying elements into the electrolyte. To dissolve a sufficiently large volume of the anode
material and enrich the electrolyte with the required amount of alloying elements, it is necessary
to increase the CTT time.
4.4 CTT using micropowders in electrolyte solution
CTT with the use of various micropowders in an electrolyte solution has also been shown to
be effective. For example, copper oxide micropowders with a fineness of 3–6 µm were introduced
into the electrolyte.
The results of the study, Table 4.2, showed that a layer is formed on the surface, which
contains copper up to 9 %. Alloying elements are evenly distributed in the surface layer. The
processing was carried out with heating the sample surface to a temperature of 950–1100 °C.
The roughness of the surface has not changed (Fig. 4.10). Fig. 4.11 shows the surface morphology
and the point where the distribution of alloying elements was measured. Alloying elements silicon,
manganese, titanium and aluminum were obtained from the electrolyte and by enriching it with the
products of the grid dissolution.
Table 4.2 Content of chemical elements of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing copper
oxide powder
Content of chemical elements, mass %
No. of point
Object of research
Fe
Si
Mn
Ti
Al
Cu
1
Frame analysis
89.53
0.48
0.68
0.11
0.56
8.63
2
Frame analysis
89.36
0.26
0.59
0.1
0.45
9.24
3
Frame analysis
89.46
0.6
0.43
0.21
0.3
9.0
4
Point analysis
89.86
0.29
0.52
0.28
0.38
8.68
5
Point analysis
89.36
0.22
0.29
–
0.75
9.38
6
Point analysis
96.89
–
0.68
0.47
–
1.96
The analysis of the research results shows that in the plasma layer there is a reaction of
copper reduction from oxides and a chemical-thermal reaction of the deposition of copper ions on
a heated steel substrate. To activate this reaction, it is advisable to use nanosized powders of oxide
and carbon powders in the form of a reducing agent.
Dispersion of powders plays an important role in electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment.
For example, titanium oxide powders (dispersion 1.3 µm), powders of aluminum oxide and carbon
(dispersion up to 15 µm) were introduced into an electrolyte based on an aqueous solution of sodium
carbonate Na2CO3. The treatment was carried out in local areas with a diameter of 30 mm and on
116
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
a pass with heating the surface to a temperature of 900 °C. The analysis of the processing results
showed (Table 4.3) that a layer is formed on the surface with up to 2 % titanium and aluminum.
In some areas of the surface, local areas with a titanium content of up to 21 % are observed. In
Fig. 4.10 the numbers show the locations of the analysis. An increase in the surface heating temperature to 1100 °C increased the processing efficiency (Table 4.4). The titanium content also increased
when analyzing over the area of the frames up to 3–4 %. The distribution of titanium over the area is
more uniform (Fig. 4.11) than when heated to a temperature of 900 °C. There are local areas with
a Ti content of 20–21 %. It can be noted that the aluminum content in the surface layer of the coating increased to 0.5–1.3 %. The high temperature treatment also increased the surface roughness.
Fig. 4.10 Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte
containing copper oxide powder. The numbers indicate the local surface
where the elemental analysis was carried out
Fig. 4.11 Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte
containing powders of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon (graphite).
Surface temperature is 900 °С
117
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The technology used micropowders of metal oxides with different dispersion. The titanium
oxide powder had a lower dispersion and, therefore, the possibility of its heating and reduction with
carbon was higher than that of aluminum oxides.
Table 4.3 Content of chemical elements on the sample surface (heating temperature is 900 °С) doped
from an electrolyte containing powders of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon
Content of chemical elements, mass %
No. of point Object of research
Fe
Si
Mn
Ti
Al
1
Frame analysis (×50)
97.37
0.47
0.66
0.42
1.08
2
Frame analysis (×50)
97.72
0.33
0.74
0.38
0.83
3
Point analysis (on dark)
98.43
0.33
0.42
–
0.82
4
Point analysis (on dark)
98.02
0.48
0.47
–
1.0
5
Fragment analysis (on light)
98.98
6
Frame analysis (×101)
97.05
7
Frame analysis (×101)
8
Point analysis (on dark)
–
0.6
0.18
0.22
0.8
0.47
0.8
0.9
95.46
0.73
0.7
1.67
1.46
76.36
0.36
0.6
21.73
0.97
Analysis of the surface of the samples showed, Table 4.4, that the number of surface areas
with titanium content is significantly higher, Fig. 4.12, 4.13 than aluminum, the maximum aluminum
content in the formed layer is 1.3 %.
Table 4.4 Content of chemical elements on the sample surface (heating temperature 1100 °С), doped
from an electrolyte containing powders of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon
Content of chemical elements, mass %
No. of point Object of research
Fe
Si
Mn
Ti
Al
1
Frame analysis
95.12
0.57
0.58
3.24
0.5
2
Point analysis
75.37
1.09
0.47
21.74
1.33
3
Point analysis
77.94
0.46
0.67
20.07
0.86
4
Point analysis
95.22
0.52
0.92
3.0
0.34
5
Frame analysis (×101)
96.5
0.55
0.68
1.86
0.41
6
Frame analysis (×101)
93.63
0.56
0.32
4.24
1.26
7
Frame analysis (×50)
93.72
1.24
0.5
3.22
1.33
118
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
Fig. 4.12 Titanium concentration in the surface layer of the sample
Fig. 4.13 Surface morphology of a sample doped from an electrolyte containing powders
of titanium oxide, aluminum oxide and carbon (graphite). Surface temperature is 1100 °С
119
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The results of this work have confirmed the possibility of reduction of metal oxides with carbon
and the deposition of metals on the surface of a heated product. This technology can be combined
with heating for hardening. To increase the efficiency of the technology, it is necessary to use
nanopowders of metal and carbon oxides, which will accelerate the chemical reduction reactions.
4.5 CTT in electrolytes based on aqueous nitrogen fertilizer
The analysis of possible electrolytes, which do not cause difficulties in utilization and are active
in the implementation of plasma-chemical synthesis, has also been carried out. It is known that
metals such as titanium, aluminum and iron are active towards nitrogen. The additional introduction
of carbon into the plasma makes it possible for the plasma-chemical synthesis and deposition of the
carbon nitrides of the above metals.
Nitrogen-containing electrolytes include aqueous solutions of nitrogen fertilizers. primarily ammonium sulfate and nitrate and carbamide (urea). Ammonium salts, the anions of which exhibit
more pronounced oxidizing properties, decompose irreversibly: a redox reaction proceeds, during
which the ammonium ion is oxidized and the anion is reduced.
Ammonium nitrate (NH4NO3) is a highly effective mineral fertilizer. containing at least 34.4 % nitrogen. Molecular weight – 80.0. Important. in practical terms. compound – urea (NH2)2CO is obtained
by the interaction of carbon dioxide with ammonia under pressure: СО2+2NH3 = (NH2)2CO+H2O.
Urea is a white crystal, readily soluble in water. It is used in agriculture as a highly concentrated
nitrogen fertilizer and as an additive to feed for ruminants. Urea is obtained from cheap plastics, and
also serves as a starting material for the production of many organic substances and pharmaceuticals.
Experiments on the deposition of a hard coating were carried out on the basis of nitrogen-containing electrolytes and powders of titanium oxide and graphite. A hard coating with a thickness of
up to 30 microns was obtained, which was submitted for research.
Considering that titanium-based alloys are the main material for the manufacture of cylinders,
a series of experiments was carried out to form a coating using a nitrogen-containing electrolyte
without powders. The experiments were carried out on VT1-0 titanium samples (Ti – 98.61–99.7 %;
Fe – up to 0.18 %; C – up to 0.07 %; Si – up to 0.1 %; N – up to 0.04 %; O – up to 0.12 %;
H – up to 0.01 %).
It is known that anodic heating of the VT1-0 alloy in a solution containing 5 % ammonia and
10 % ammonium chloride ensures the formation of diffusion coatings on the surface [93–99]. In this
electrolyte, heating is unstable due to the formation of insoluble compounds on the sample surface.
An X-ray study of nitrided surface layers (DRON-2, cobalt radiation) revealed titanium nitride TiN
with a certain amount of TiO2 oxides, which was formed during the first two minutes of treatment, but
it was not detected with a longer saturation. Also, no continuous layer of titanium nitrides was found.
The oxide coating formed during the anodic nitriding process has increased the corrosion resistance of commercial titanium. The test for resistance to continuous corrosion and stress corrosion
120
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
cracking of the samples was carried out in an aqueous solution containing 6 % hydrochloric acid and
20 % protein-vitamin concentrate (PVC). The fluoroplastic beakers with the solution and samples
were placed in steel sealed autoclaves at 133 ± 2 °C and a pressure of 0.3 MPa and held for 400 h
(continuous tests). Cyclic tests were carried out during the same time in the following modes:
pouring 6 % hydrochloric acid solution, loading 20 % PVC, sealing and heating to 133 °C, holding
for 2 h followed by cooling to room temperature, etc. The corrosion rate of untreated commercial
titanium in this environment is 0.138 mm/year under continuous testing. Anodic nitriding in an
electrolyte with concomitant oxidation leads to a decrease in corrosion rates by two orders of
magnitude during continuous testing.
Saturation of titanium specimens with nitrogen according to the above modes led to an increase
in their strength indicators after corrosion tests with a slight decrease in plasticity. Tensile tests were
carried out on cylindrical specimens with a working part diameter of 3 mm and a height of 30 mm.
Low-alloy titanium alloys (VT1-0, OT-4, PT-3V, PT-7M) were subjected to corrosion tests.
Samples 50×20×(1.5–3) mm in size were nitrided in an aqueous solution containing 7.5 % ammonia and 10 % ammonium chloride for 5 min at a voltage of 220 V (the heating temperature
was not measured). Resistance to continuous corrosion was determined by the method in two
aqueous media, the duration of exposure of the samples in each medium was 1176 h and at a test
temperature of 25 °C or 700 at 50 °C.
It follows from the results obtained that anodic nitriding with oxidation reduces the corrosion
rate of titanium alloys by two orders of magnitude. Anodic nitriding of titanium alloys according to
the indicated modes leads to some increase in microhardness in the surface layer up to 1 mm thick.
The increased microhardness indicates the presence of a diffusion surface layer. An increase in
microhardness is also facilitated by accelerated cooling in solution for both alloys.
The results obtained suggest the possibility of using short-term anodic nitriding combined with
oxidation to increase the corrosion resistance and wear resistance of titanium alloys.
Taking into account the above experience, the titanium samples were processed in the cathodic
mode at a heating temperature of 900 °C. Electrolyte composition: 2.5 % – ammonium chloride;
10 % – carbamide (urea) and 2.5 % – glycerin. Samples of titanium with a hard coating having
a thickness of up to 60 microns have been obtained.
Chemical thermal treatment of titanium-based alloys is problematic due to gas impurities. The main
impurities of titanium are hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen and carbon. These elements form interstitial solid
solutions with titanium and a number of compounds with different types of chemical bonds [99, 100].
It is seen from the titanium – oxygen phase diagram [100] that oxygen increases the temperature
of the α→β transformation and expands the temperature range of the α phase; is an α-stabilizer.
With prolonged heating, titanium is oxidized and scale forms on its surface. The color of the scale layer
on titanium obtained up to 820 °С is yellow, from 820 to 950 °С – from orange to brown. The scale
contains rutile [100, 101]. The formation of a solid solution of oxygen in titanium distorts the crystal
lattice and significantly changes the mechanical properties of titanium. An increase in the oxygen
content leads to a sharp increase in the strength, hardness and decrease in the ductility of titanium.
121
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Nitrogen, like oxygen, is an element that stabilizes the α-phase – it expands the region of
this phase. During the high-temperature reaction of titanium with nitrogen, titanium nitrides are
formed, which readily dissolve in the metal. The content in titanium even in small amounts of nitrogen, like oxygen, promotes the formation of the acicular α′-phase and, to an even greater extent
than oxygen, reduces the ductility and increases the strength and hardness of titanium.
The solubility of hydrogen in β-Ti reaches 2 % and exceeds the solubility of hydrogen in iron by
a factor of thousands. As the temperature rises, the ability of titanium to form hydrides decreases,
while the solubility of hydrogen decreases. Hydrogen diffuses in β-Ti much more slowly than in α-Ti.
A noticeable absorption of hydrogen by titanium starts from a temperature of 300 °C.
When titanium, which has absorbed hydrogen in quantities greater than 0.002–0.003 %, is
cooled, not all of the hydrogen is retained in solid solution at room temperature. Some of the hydrogen in titanium forms a hydride. Upon slow cooling, hydrides precipitate in the form of thin plates, and
upon hardening, in the form of dispersed particles [100, 101]. An increase in the hydrogen content
to 0.01 % has no noticeable effect on the hardness, strength, and ductility of titanium [102, 103].
The ductility of titanium decreases with a further increase in the hydrogen concentration.
Carbon dissolves in titanium in insignificant amounts. The maximum solubility of carbon in α-Ti
is 0.28 % at a temperature close to the point of α→β transformation. With decreasing temperature, the solubility of carbon in α-Ti sharply decreases. About 0.06% carbon dissolves in β-Ti, i.e.
almost 5 times less than in α-Ti. A decrease in the ductility and an increase in the strength and
hardness of the metal take place at a content of more than 0.1–0.2 % C [102–104].
The grain size significantly affects the hydrogen brittleness of titanium and its alloys. For finegrained titanium (after annealing at 700 °C for 6 h), the impact toughness remains practically
unchanged in the case of a hydrogen content of 0.01 % [100, 103, 104]. For the same titanium
with coarse grains (after annealing at 1100 °C, 10 h) at a hydrogen content of 0.01 %, the impact
strength sharply decreases from 70 to 20 J/cm2.
Titan CTT (VT0-1). The study of chemical thermal treatment (CTT) treatment was carried out
on flat and cylindrical specimens made of VT0-1 titanium.
Several types of heaters for flat and internal cylindrical surfaces have been developed and
manufactured for processing samples.
Chemical-thermal treatment of the samples was carried out in the cathodic mode at a surface
heating temperature of 850–900 °C. Pulse processing mode: pulse-voltage – 260 V, current –
20–25 A; pause-voltage – 180 V. current – 10–18 A. Pulse and pause time – 1 sec. The total
processing time – 1 minute.
An electrolyte of the following composition was used: 15 l – distilled water, 2 kg – carbamide,
250 ml – ammonium chloride, 1 l – glycerin, 600 ml – soda ash, 2600 ml – ammonium nitrate.
The study of the samples was carried out on transverse thin sections, which were etched
in a solution: 1 part of hydrofluoric acid + 2 parts of nitric acid + 1 part of glycerol. The sample
section was immersed in the etching solution 4 times for 4 seconds. Photographs of thin sections
122
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
were taken on a Neophot-32 optical microscope. The hardness was measured on a Leco M-400
microhardness tester, the load was 10 grams.
Studies have shown that a multilayer coating is obtained on the surface of a VT0-1 titanium
specimen (Fig. 4.14). The first layer – nitroxide ceramics, has a thickness of 10–15 µm and
a hardness of up to 8–9 GPa (Fig. 4.14, b). The second layer has a thickness of up to 100 microns
with a hardness of 9 to 2 GPa (Fig. 4.15).
a
b
Fig. 4.14 View of the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium specimen after CTT in nitrogen-containing
plasma: a – etched in a solution of hydrofluoric acid, 20 sec; b – without etching
Fig. 4.15 Results of hardness measurements in the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium
specimen after HTT in nitrogen-containing plasma
It can be noted that the hardness in the second layer gradually decreases from the maximum to the
hardness of the base metal (Fig. 4.15). A ceramic layer 10–15 µm thick has a hardness of 7.5–9 GPa.
The maximum hardness is obtained at the interface between the ceramic and the modified
layer >9 GPa. The hardness of the modified layer gradually decreases to the hardness of the base
to a depth of 150 microns.
123
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
An increase in the immersion time of the sample section in the etching solution up to 6 times
4 seconds each showed that the modified layer is inhomogeneous and at a depth of 25 microns
there is a layer that is practically not etched (Fig. 4.16).
Below and above this border, the modified layer is etched along the borders. The thickness
of the non-etched layer is up to 10 microns. The ceramic layer on the sample surface is partially
dissolved (Fig. 4.16).
Fig. 4.16 View of the surface layer of a VT0-1 titanium
specimen (0.3 % C) after chemotherapy in nitrogen-containing plasma.
Etched in hydrofluoric acid solution – 1 min
Steel surface CTT. Chemical-thermal treatment of steel was studied on samples of
steel-3 (0.3 % C). The samples were processed in the cathodic mode at a surface heating temperature of 900–1000 °C. The electrolyte used was water-soluble nitrogen-containing salts:
ammonium chloride, carbamide, and glycerin. Processing mode: pulse-voltage – 300 V, current –
30–35 A; pause-voltage – 220 V, current – 15–20 A. Pulse time – 1 sec and pause time – 2 sec.
The total processing time – 2 minutes.
A transverse microsection was made from the samples, which was etched in an alcohol solution:
4 % – concentrated nitric acid + 96 % – ethyl alcohol. The total etching time is 18–20 seconds
with re-polishing. Studies have shown that a modified layer up to 40 microns thick is obtained
on the surface. This layer has a microcrystalline structure and increased hardness (Fig. 4.17).
A layer modified with nitrogen (Fig. 4.17) was obtained on the surface of steel-3 in 2 minutes
of heating in a nitrogen-containing plasma.
The high productivity of modification is explained by the fact that the technology is intensified
by electric discharges that are generated between the surfaces of the electrolyte and the sample.
The maximum hardness of the modified layer from the surface of the samples is 3.8 GPa at
a depth of 10 µm (Fig. 4.18).
Further, the hardness gradually decreases to the hardness of the base at a depth of 35 microns.
124
4 Electrolytic-plasma chemical-thermal treatment
Fig. 4.17 View of the surface layer of a steel specimen (0.3 % C) after CTT
in nitrogen-containing plasma
Fig. 4.18 Results of hardness measurements in the surface layer of a steel
specimen (0.3 % C) after CTT in nitrogen-containing plasma
Conclusions
Electrolytic-plasma treatment with local heaters using a suspension (electrolyte + micropowders)
makes it possible to combine the processes of coating deposition, CTT and thermal cyclic hardening.
Chemical-heat treatment of the surface due to alloying with elements of erosion of the mesh-anode
is ineffective and can only serve as an addition to alloying with elements, products of destruction of
micropowders introduced into the electrolyte.
CTT in a suspension of a mixture of micropowders of metal and carbon oxides is sufficiently
effective for surface alloying with metals and deposition of a metal coating. The main disadvantage
of this technology is the difficulty in controlling the surface heating temperature and maintaining
a plasma layer that is stable in thickness.
Nitrogen-containing electrolytes (based on fertilizers) are effective for chemical treatment and
the formation of hard coatings on articles made of titanium and steel-based alloys.
125
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Abstract
The chapter touches upon some aspects of one of the broad areas of electrolyte-plasma
processes – micro-arc oxidation. The schemes of devices, technological modes and results of
studies of the obtained coatings on various materials are described. Examples of using the MAO
technology are given.
KEYWORDS
Micro-arcs, anode mode, direct/alternating current, aluminum alloys, electrolyte composition.
5.1 Equipment and technology
5.1.1 Technology features
A feature of electrolyte-plasma oxidation, as it is also called micro-arc oxidation (MAO), is
that during processing, energy is transferred to the surface of the product through the plasma
layer in the form of a specific form of non-equilibrium electric micro-discharges. The discharges
are diffusively bound to the electrolyte surface of the «liquid electrode». Under the influence of
changing pressure at the point of discharge binding, the surface of the electrolyte acquires an
oscillatory motion. As a result, the size of the gap between the surfaces of the liquid electrode and
the solid body changes periodically. The electric field strength in the electrolyte itself is low (up to
80–200 V/m), but in the layer adjacent to the surface of the product (boundary) the strength has
a variable value and can reach 10,000–1,000,000 V/m. The tension depends primarily on the
voltage and the distance between the boundaries of the media.
In the process of electrolysis, oxygen is released on the anode product, which is activated by
electrical discharges and oxidizes the metal of the product. As the oxide layer grows, in order to
maintain the electric oxidation mode, it is necessary to increase the electric field strength until
stabilization of micro-arc discharges occurs. The oxidation process has a damping character and for
its renewal it is necessary to increase the electric field strength to a value that ensures the breakdown of the oxide layer and the formation of arc discharges. The lifetime of the discharges varies
within 0.1–1 ms. The onset of breakdown of the oxide layer is massive, which is accompanied by
a sharp surge of electric current, up to 10 A/cm2. The extinction of the discharges proceeds gradually over time and with an increase in the thickness and dielectric strength of the oxide coating.
126
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
The thickness of the resulting oxide coatings on the surface depends on the electric field strength
and can be in the range of 5–1000 microns.
Oxidation of local areas of the surface is carried out by a special electrolyte cell. The cell has
a housing made of a dielectric material and a metal electrode with characteristic dimensions.
Openings are made in the electrode through which electrolyte is supplied under pressure to the
surface of the product.
The developed devices make it possible to carry out oxidation at interelectrode gaps of
20–30 mm, which reduces the loss of electrical energy. The technology provides for the formation
of an oxide layer up to 250 µm at an electric current voltage of ≈500 V. The optimum electrolyte
temperature for the implementation of the technology is 50–60 °C, which is ensured through the
use of electrical energy losses in the interelectrode gap of the electrolyte cell.
The coating consists mainly of a refractory alumina phase (α-Al2O3). The introduction of fine
powders, for example, chromium oxide, into the electrolyte ensures the movement of the powder
particles to the coating and their fusion into the aluminum oxide layer.
It is known that the addition of metal salts or dispersed mineral powders to the electrolyte
makes it possible to alloy the coating. A large reserve in the technology of changing the chemical
and phase composition of the coating has a circuit and mode of connecting the surface to an electrical converter. Anode mode is used classically. The process can be intensified by briefly switching
to the cathodic mode or by impulsely increasing the voltage in the anodic mode. In the process of
oxidation, the formation of mixed oxides of aluminum and metals occurs, which are included in the
complex anion of the electrolyte. The introduction of metal anions into the electrolyte can be carried out by dissolving the electrode-cathode of the corresponding alloy. In the steady-state mode
of oxidation, the current density is 0.1–0.5 A/cm2. The main parameters allowing to control the
process of micro-arc oxidation and coating properties are electrolyte concentration, voltage and
current density, temperature, duration of the process, alloy composition and its heat treatment.
5.1.2 Design of the MAO unit
The configuration of the product and the need to ensure high productivity of processing of
various products impose special requirements on the design of units for micro-arc oxidation (MAO).
Currently, devices have become widespread, where the technology is carried out by immersing
a product in a specialized vessel – a reaction chamber. This is a versatile device that provides
processing of the entire surface of the product.
A universal unit for micro-arc oxidation of samples and products is proposed (Fig. 5.1). On this
unit it is possible to simulate the production processes of oxidation of various types of products and
the processing of products during serial production.
The reaction chamber for MAO is fixed in a special room or cabinet equipped with ventilation
systems. The metal electrode in the reaction chamber has a supply of electric current and electrolyte.
127
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The ends of the supply current from the rectifier (±) are connected to the electrode and the product by means of current collectors.
Fig. 5.1 Universal unit for micro-arc oxidation of samples and products
When the electric potential is turned on, a vapor-plasma layer is formed on the surface of the
product immersed in the electrolyte. Electric discharges pass through this layer, which are diffusion-bound on the electrolyte surface. The number of cycles of high and low electric field strength,
as well as the total processing time, is changed by means of a time relay.
The electrolyte, filling the reaction chamber, closes the electrical circuit between the electrode and the treated surface of the sample. The process of oxidation of the sample surface is
in progress. After the end of the technology, the source of electric current is turned off and the
surface is cooled with electrolyte.
The drain of the electrolyte from a specialized vessel – the electrode is carried out into the
technological bath made of non-conductive material and then into the tank through the nozzle.
Unit for micro-arc oxidation of samples and single items contains: a fume hood – 1; electrode
holder – 2; electrode for fixing the sample – 3; sample or workpiece – 4; the lid of the reaction
chamber – 5; cavity in the chamber for electrolyte distribution – 6; channels for electrolyte drain – 7;
128
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
channels for electrolyte supply – 8; electrolyte supply control system – 9; technological bath – 10;
compressor for air supply – 11; electrolyte tank – 12; pump – 13; electrolyte aeration system – 14;
pipeline for drainage of electrolyte from the technological bath – 15; device for regulating the drain of
electrolyte from the chamber – 16; base for a specialized camera – electrode – 17; the outer wall of
the reaction chamber – 18; electrode in the reaction chamber – 19; manipulator – sample holder – 20.
Preparation for operation of the unit is carried out in the following order: the fixing of the sample – product – 4 is regulated, the axis of which should be vertical, the gap between the surface
of electrode – 19 in the reaction chamber and the surface of the product is regulated. Adjustment
is carried out by moving in the electrode holder – 2.
The gap between the electrode surface and the product is set at least 20 mm. The deviation
of the heater axis from the vertical is allowed no more than ±3 deg. It is necessary to control:
the presence of a ground connection to the fume cupboard; the presence and operation of the
locking closure by the hood of the fume cupboard.
Fig. 5.2 shows the MAO units for processing large-sized parts and samples.
a
b
Fig. 5.2 Type of universal units for MAO samples and products: a – unit for large-sized parts;
b – laboratory (bench-top) unit for MAO surface of samples and small parts
5.2 Constructions of reaction chambers for MAO of surface of products
A specialized vessel-electrode (reaction chamber) is designed for oxidizing the surface of products with a complex shape (Fig. 5.3).
The reaction chamber contains a cylindrical electrode – 4, which is made of stainless steel and
has a large number of evenly spaced holes. These holes connect the cavity bounded by the wall – 5.
The electrolyte is supplied through the nozzle – 10 from the tank by a pump. The drain of electrolyte
from chamber – 4 is controlled by changing the cross-section of the holes in the disc – 8, which
is carried out by turning this disc around the stud – 9.
129
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 5.3 Reaction chamber for micro-arc oxidation of products by immersion with
an electrolyte flow sensor: a – diagram; b – general view
Part 3 is located along the axis of the reaction chamber electrode. By turning the disc, the
cross-section of the drain holes is limited, then the electric potential is connected and the electrolyte
supply is turned on. The electrolyte level in the chamber rises smoothly, as a result of which the oxidized area smoothly increases. A smooth increase in the oxidized area allows to control the amount
of consumed electric current and, accordingly, reduce the power of the electric power source.
The technical data of the reaction chamber are given in Table 5.1.
The electrolyte-plasma reaction chamber switches the electric current between the metal
electrode-cathode and the surface of the product – the anode, the formation and maintenance of
the vapor-plasma layer on the surface of the product.
The process of electrolytic-plasma micro-arc oxidation of heating begins with filling the internal
volume of the reaction chamber and smoothly closing the electrical circuit between the electrode
and the treated surface of the product.
The process includes surface preparation by wetting and forming a vapor-gas layer, forming
a plasma layer, by simultaneously switching on the power voltage and supporting voltage, and heating.
Table 5.1 Technical data of the reaction chamber
No.
Parameter name
1
Reaction chamber diameter and length
Unit of measurement Value
m
0.2⋅0.3
2
Electrolyte level increase rate
mm/s
0–10
3
Electrolyte consumption through the reaction chamber l/min
1–10
4
Rated working current
A
0.01–50
5
Noise level
Db
before 60
6
Effective size of the oxidized surface
mm×mm×mm
100⋅100⋅100
130
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
After the end of heating, the electric current converter is turned off. The surface is cooled with
electrolyte supplied through the heater. This does not disconnect the preparation voltage.
The electrolyte is drained into the tank through openings in the bottom and the upper open
part of the reaction chamber.
Another version of the device for oxidation is shown in Fig. 5.4. The device contains: a housing 7,
a reaction chamber 3 is fixed inside the housing, having a system of through channels for the formation of submerged jets. The electrolyte is fed through the fitting 4 and the holes 6 into the cavity 2
and then supplied to the surface of the article 8 and then the electrolyte is removed through the
holes 5 and the open part of the reaction chamber 1.
Fig. 5.4 Distribution of electrolyte flows in the reaction
chamber of a typical micro-arc oxidation plant
In oxidation devices, the total electrolyte consumption is V1 = V2+V3. The electrolyte consumption should ensure a smooth increase in the electrolyte level in the reaction chamber, provided that
it is heated no higher than 60 °C.
Oxidation is carried out in the area of micro-arc discharges, which are formed on the surface of
the product. The onset of breakdown of the oxide layer is massive, which is accompanied by a sharp
surge of electric current, up to 10 A/cm2. The decrease in the intensity of electrical discharges
proceeds gradually with an increase in the thickness and dielectric strength of the coating. Adding
rare-earth salts or dispersed mineral powders to the electrolyte makes it possible to alloy the coating.
For micro-arc oxidation of the bottom and walls of the combustion chamber of the engine
piston, special devices have been developed (Fig. 5.5). In this unit, the electrolyte cell includes,
in the form of an integral structural element, a wall – 1 and a bottom – 2 of a piston combustion
chamber. Cell body – 3 is made of non-conductive material and is fixed to the bottom of the piston
by means of a rubber cuff – 4.
131
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 5.5 Diagram of a device for coating the walls of the
combustion chamber of a piston of an internal combustion engine
The device has an individual system of forced supply of electrolyte from a hydraulic electrolyte
supply system. The electrolyte is supplied through a pipeline – 6 from the top of the cell through
a metal, porous electrode – 5.
In the electrode – 5 channels are made in which the recombination of positive ions and the
formation of negative ones take place. In the process of implementing the technology, the electrolyte closes the electrical circuit between the surface of the product and the surfaces of the
channels in the electrode. The amount of negative ions that moves from the cathode to the walls
of the combustion chamber – the anode, depends on the strength of the electric field and on the
speed (volume) of the flowing electrolyte. In Fig. 5.5, the flow of electrolyte from the cathode
to the surface of the product is shown by arrows.
The proposed technological scheme provides for the introduction of dispersed non-metallic
particles into the electrolyte, movement and fixation on the surface of the product, in the layer of
aluminum oxide. It is possible to use powders of diamond, metal oxides, carbides, nitrides, spinels
and other materials.
Electrolyte anions are deposited on the surface of dispersed particles, which gives them a negative charge and ensures movement to the surface of the product under the action of electrophoretic
forces. With an increase in the concentration of anions and a decrease in the electrolyte temperature, the effect of introducing dispersed particles into the coating, together with anions, increases.
To form a coating of oxides on the inner surface of the cylinder, a device is used (Fig. 5.6),
where the electrolyte cell 1 is introduced into the cylinder 2. The cell contains a porous electrode 3
through which the electrolyte is passed. The electrolyte closes the electrical circuit between the
electrode and the surface of the cylinder in the gap 4, then, after use, flows down the bottom
surface of the cylinder and is removed outside the hardened product.
The electrolyte in the hydraulic system is aerated with air, cooled, the amount of dispersed
particles is renewed, and then fed back into the electrolyte cell. Technological equipment for
132
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
oxidizing the end part of the part surface is shown in Fig. 5.7: fitting for supplying electrolyte to
the electrode assembly – 1; electrode assembly – 2; electrolyte drain fitting – 3; sealing cone – 4;
body made of non-conductive material – 5; studs – 6; copper plate – 7; base made of non-conductive material – 8; hole in the surface of the part – 9. For MAO of the surface of the part – 9,
an interelectrode gap is formed between the surface and the metal electrode – cathode – 2.
Fig. 5.6 Diagram of the device for MAO of the inner surface of the cylinders
Fig. 5.7 Technological equipment for oxidation of the end surface of the part
A reaction chamber – 4 is formed , which is bounded by the walls of the case – 5 and is sealed
by pressing the end of the part against the cone – 4, cases – 5. Compression is carried out with
studs – 6. Electric current is supplied to the part through a copper plate – 7. Waste electrolyte,
steam and electrolysis products are removed through the nozzle – 3. This equipment provides
the possibility of MAO of the surfaces of the part and holes at its end.
Due to their simplicity, MAO processes successfully compete in terms of cost with vacuum deposition of coatings and electrochemical methods. Preliminary surface preparation
133
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
consists only in cleaning and degreasing. No additional measures like annealing or surface activation are required.
For coating, the samples are usually immersed in a reservoir to a depth of 30–50 mm directly
below the surface of the electrolyte, which is cooled and activated by stirring. A metal rod in a fluoroplastic sheath is usually used as a sample holder. The working pressure of the electrolyte in the
hydraulic system is selected in accordance with the selected MAO mode and is adjusted to ensure
the required flow rate. The device, as a rule, has the function of recording the main parameters
of MAO – the average value of the current, the amplitude of the cathode and anode voltages, and the
temperature of the electrolyte. It should be noted that there are a number of features in the choice
of parameters of the MAO process, which are characteristic either for the formation of a dense
layer of oxides, or a porous layer, or for the formation of a composite layer from micropowders.
Current density is one of the main parameters in MAO. Usually, to achieve the necessary
conditions for plasma electrolysis, the current density is set in the range of 0.01 to 0.3 A/cm2.
As the coating grows, the voltage increases rapidly at first, then slowly, until constant plasma
conditions are established. The critical rate of voltage change corresponds to the establishment
of a spark discharge on the electrode surface. This value is very dependent on the characteristics
of the metal-electrolyte combination and is usually in the range 120–350 V. In the first stage of
the process, sparking is observed in the form of uniform white light surrounding the electrode.
As the coating grows, it changes and appears as individual yellow sparks that move rapidly across
the surface. Gradually the density of sparks decreases, but their power increases. Finally, a few red
spots appear, moving slowly across the surface. From time to time, these powerful arcs will cause
current fluctuations and damage to the coating. Therefore, as soon as such arcs are detected, the
process ends immediately.
MAO processing can be carried out using both anodic and cathodic polarization of the product,
as well as at an alternating, high-frequency voltage. When choosing the polarity of the product,
it should be borne in mind that anodic treatment is preferable when there is a thin oxide layer
on the surface.
In MAO technology, voltage is the main characteristic that must be controlled. Control over the
process consists in the fact that with a rapidly growing stress in the first stage and maintaining
statistical conditions in the second stage, the temperature of the treated surface is stably low.
At the initial stage of the first stage, a rapid increase in voltage causes the formation of numerous bubbles on the surface of the electrode due to electrolysis of the solution and the release
of Joule heat. When the voltage1 reaches approximately 75 V, a spark occurs. An increase in the
applied voltage causes an increase in the intensity of the sparking. When the characteristic voltage
reaches 175 V, this sparking of bubbles around the electrode transforms into a uniform glow. The
complete separation of the electrode from the electrolyte, the formation of a continuous vapor
cloud, is evidenced by a sharp drop in the current on the electrode surface. During MAO, the
sample temperature is a linear function of voltage and, if possible, is reduced to the electrolyte
temperature. In this case, the current density is 0.5 to 1 A/cm2.
134
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
To reduce losses in the electrolyte, it is advisable to perform two technological methods:
reducing the gap between the surfaces of the electrode and the workpiece, as well as organizing
the flow of electrolyte in the gap from the electrode to the workpiece.
The implementation of these techniques provides a decrease in losses for heating the electrolyte and, accordingly, a decrease in the temperature of the workpiece/sample.
The use of these technological methods makes it possible to create coatings differentiated
in thickness on the surface of parts and/or to implement MAO on local surfaces of parts.
For this purpose, it is necessary to develop specialized tooling, which has various modifications,
depending on the configuration of the parts. Fig. 5.8 shows the layout of the electrode – 1 and electrolyte flows – 2 for the MAO of the inner surfaces – 3 cylinders – 4, the MAO of the outer surface
of the cylindrical part – the shaft is carried out according to the one shown in Fig. 5.9, diagram.
Fig. 5.8 Formation of a protective layer on the inner surface of
a cylindrical part: a – diagram of the part and the hardened surface;
b – technological scheme of MAO
Fig. 5.9 Creation of a protective layer on the outer surface
of a cylindrical part: a – part diagram; b – technological scheme of MAO
It is proposed to fix the part – 1 on the insulator – 2 and insert it into the cavity of the cylindrical electrode – 3 with a minimum gap of 20 mm between the electrode.
To reduce energy losses, it is necessary to organize the flow of electrolyte between the electrode gap from the electrode surface to the shaft surface. Such a scheme of technological equipment ensures the formation of coating – 4 on the surface of the shaft with minimum energy losses
and maximum productivity.
Fig. 5.10 shows a diagram of the formation of the MAO coating on the end surfaces – 1
of the part-sleeve – 2.
135
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
The part is fixed with non-conductive strips – 3 and is placed between the electrodes – 4 with a minimum gap. In this gap, the flow of electrolyte is organized from the electrode to the surface of the part.
MAO of large-sized products with internal surfaces – cavities of various depths, is carried out
by introducing an electrode inside the cavity with a centralized supply of electrolyte (Fig. 5.11).
Fig. 5.10 MDO of the end surface of the part:
a – sketch of the part; b – technological scheme of hardening treatment
Fig. 5.11 Formation of a protective layer in a cylindrical hole of
a large-sized product: a – sketch of a hole in the product body;
b – diagram of the hole walls MAO
Product – 1 can be installed on a technological pallet and not immersed in an electrolyte tank.
The electrolyte is supplied through electrode – 2 and commutes the electric current to the inner
surface of the cavity – 3 products.
The directed movement of carriers of electric charge in the electrolyte and the minimum path
of their movement ensure the efficiency of the MAO process of the inner surfaces of the product.
Of interest is the MAO of several parts at the same time on alternating current. This MAO
method is shown schematically in Fig. 5.12. Parts 1 and 4 must be protected with a coating from
the side of the working surface, which has a complex shape in the form of various pockets – 3.
The parts are included in the electrical circuit of a regulated alternating current source – 2 and
fixed by means of insulators –5. On the opposite side from the side surface to be hardened, electrodes – 7 and 11 are fixed on the electrically conductive platform 6, which, by means of pipelines 8
and 12, create an electrolyte flow in the gaps 9 and 13 between the surfaces of the electrode and
parts. The electrolyte drain into the hydraulic system is carried out through pipelines 10 and 14.
The electrodes – 15, as a rule, are grounded. This connection scheme allows for MAO of two, and
with a multiphase source, and more part.
136
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
It is advisable to apply the same technological scheme for MAO of extended products, for
example, pipes (Fig. 5.13).
Fig. 5.12 MAO on alternating voltage of a surface of complex
geometric shape on two parts
Fig. 5.13 Formation of a protective layer on the surface
of an extended product (pipe)
Product – 1 is fed by rollers – 2 and, accordingly, is grounded. Along the way of the product,
electrode devices – 3, 4 are installed, where the electrodes are connected to the phases of sources – 5, having different electric current strength. At the beginning of the product, a low voltage
is connected, for example, 200 V. To the next electrode along the path of the product, 300 V
is connected, etc. to a voltage that will correspond to the thickness of the planned protective layer.
The electrodes – 6, 7 cover the product around the periphery and create an optimal gap – 8, 9
between the electrodes, which ensures the MAO effectiveness.
137
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
5.3 Examples of MAO of parts with different configuration of working surfaces
Using the previously given MAO technological schemes, protective coatings were obtained for
a number of products with a complex configuration.
For example, heat-shielding coatings with a thickness of 150–200 µm on the bottom of the
piston (Fig. 5.14) ensure that the engine can operate in forced modes and increase its performance.
A wear-resistant coating, up to 250 microns thick, was created on the surface of the front
sliding bearing in the pump of high-pressure hydraulic systems and the rotor for crushing and forming feed pellets from an agricultural product (Fig. 5.15).
a
b
Fig. 5.14 Type of heat-protective coating on the bottom
of the pistons: a – diesel engine; b – ICE
a
b
Fig. 5.15 Wear-resistant coatings: a – on the surface of
the end bearing; b – on the rotor of the feed crusher
Fig. 5.16 shows covers for high-voltage devices with protective electrical insulating coatings,
100–150 µm thick. The coatings were applied on both sides.
A special feature of MAO is the ability to form protective coatings on thin edges/walls,
on threads and in deep internal cavities.
Fig. 5.17 shows housings made of high-strength, ceramic-coated aluminum alloy.
138
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Fig. 5.16 Instrument covers
Fig. 5.17 Enclosures of geodetic instruments with
electrical insulating and wear-resistant coating
On alternating current, using a two-phase voltage, MAO was carried out on the parts of
the die equipment (Fig. 5.18). MAO of parts was carried out with a smooth increase in voltage
from 150 to 500 V.
Fig. 5.18 Parts of die tooling with ceramic coating
The distance between the electrode gap was set to 15 mm. As a result, a ceramic layer
with a thickness of up to 200 µm was formed.
139
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
5.4 Electrolyte composition
In practice, MAO treatment requires careful selection of the metal – electrolyte combination.
This can be achieved on the basis of polarization tests, which are usually used for studies of metal
passivation [104–109].
There are 6 main groups:
1. Salt solutions that provide rapid dissolution of aluminum, for example, NaCl, NaClO3, NaOH,
HСl, NaNO3.
2. Electrolytes that provide slow dissolution of the metal, for example, NaCl, NaClO3, NaOH,
HСl, NaNO3.
3. Electrolytes providing passivation of metal in a narrow voltage range, for example, sodium
acetate or phosphoric acid.
4. Fluoride electrolytes with complex behavior, e.g. KP, NaF.
5. Electrolytes providing weak metal passivation.
6. Electrolytes that provide strong metal passivation, for example, boric acids and salts of
carbon and phosphoric acids, inorganic polymers (for example, silicates, aluminates, wolframites,
molybdenites) and alkali metal phosphates, which can form polymer anions.
Electrolytes of group 4–6 make it easy to achieve spark discharge voltage and are most successfully used to obtain coatings using MAO technology.
These electrolytes are classified into 4 groups in terms of their contribution to the coating composition:
a) solutions that only introduce oxygen into the coating;
b) electrolytes containing anionic components that contribute other elements;
c) electrolytes containing cationic components that contribute other elements;
d) suspensions providing cataphoresis-transport of solid particles that contribute to the composition of the coating.
In electrolytes of groups (b) and (c), the coating is formed both by oxidizing the substrate and
by applying other electrolyte components to the substrate surface. This makes it possible to obtain
a wide range of modifications in the composition of coatings and their properties, and therefore
these groups are considered the most promising.
Also, with MAO, colloidal solutions of sodium or potassium silicate are widely used, as well as
multicomponent electrolytes based on silicates. In addition to silicates, the solution may contain
substances that increase the conductivity of the electrolyte, for example, Na (0.5 to 20 g/l),
NaOH or KOH (1 to 50 g/l) and/or provide an oxide layer with stabilizing elements, for example,
Na2B4O7 ⋅10H2O (40 g/l), glycerin (10 g/l), Na2CO3 or K2СО3 (≤500 g/l) and modifying components,
for example, NaAlO2 (2 to 20 g/l), Na6P6O18 (≤150 g/l). For special purposes, in order to integrate
the effects of cataphoresis in the oxidation process, fine powders of solid materials with a high
melting point and/or dry lubrication (to improve resistance to friction and wear) are introduced
into the electrolytes.
140
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
5.5 Composition and structure of coating
5.5.1 MAO of aluminum-magnesium alloys in direct current
Alloys of the Al-Mg system are characterized by a combination of satisfactory strength, good
ductility, very good weldability and corrosion resistance. In addition, these alloys are characterized
by high fatigue strength. The creation of an oxide coating on the working surfaces of products
significantly increases their efficiency and increases the scope of application of alloys. For example,
hulls of high-speed ships are made of aluminum-magnesium alloys, shaped castings (casting magnalium), sheets, wire, rivets, and so on (deformable magnalium) are made. Alloy properties depend
on the percentage of metals. AMG sheet, in addition to aluminum and magnesium, contains iron,
copper, manganese, zinc and other metals, depending on the grade of the alloy. Any AMG sheet is
resistant to corrosion, high weldability by argon-arc, roller and resistance spot welding. Deformation of the AMG sheet depends on the percentage of magnesium, the more magnesium, the lower
the deformability. Conversely, the lower the percentage of magnesium content, the higher the
deformation properties, both in the cold and in the hot state.
MAO of high-strength aluminum alloy 7075 (Al-Zn-Cu-Mg) was carried out on a micro-arc
oxidation unit (a) in the arc oxidation mode (b) (Fig. 5.3).
Oxidation is carried out in the area of micro-arc discharges, which are formed on the surface
of the sample. A smooth increase in the voltage of the electric current leads to a decrease in the
intensity of electrical discharges and a gradual increase in the thickness of the coating, an increase
in its electrical strength. The onset of breakdown of the oxide layer is massive, accompanied by
sharp surges of electric current, up to 10 A/cm2. A large reserve in the technology of changing the
chemical and phase composition of the coating has the circuit and mode of connecting the surface
to an electrical converter. In the MAO process, mixed oxides of aluminum and metals are formed,
which are included in the complex anion of the electrolyte. For example, the introduction of iron and
copper anions into the electrolyte provides the formation of composite oxide coatings with high performance properties. In the steady-state mode of oxidation, the current density is 0.1–0.5 A/cm2.
For micro-arc oxidation, specialized power supplies have been developed that provide regulation
of the amplitude values of current (0–170 A) and voltage (0–1 kV) in both anodic and cathodic
processing modes. The main parameters that make it possible to control the MAO process and the
properties of the coatings are the electrolyte concentration, voltage and current density, temperature, duration of the process, alloy composition and its heat treatment.
Specimens were made of high-strength aluminum alloy 7075 (Al-Zn-Cu-Mg), analogous to B95,
ultimate strength 560 MPa, yield strength 490 MPa, and relative elongation 6 %. MAO of the samples was carried out for 30 minutes with an increase in the electric anode voltage up to 400 Volts,
with a short-term (for 1 sec) switching to the cathodic mode up to 500 Volts. Processing modes:
– impulse asymmetric current;
– aeration of the electrolyte with air;
141
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
– voltage during the formation of the initial coating 110–250 V;
– current density 15–45 A/dm2;
– processing time up to 30 minutes; electrolyte temperature 30–60 °С;
– electrolyte consumption 4–8 l/min.
An aqueous solution was used as an electrolyte: NaOH – 5 g/l; Na2SiO3 – 30 g/l; Na4P2O7 –
6 g/l; Al2O3 – 70 g/l. The processing was carried out by connecting the sample with the anode
for 120 seconds to a voltage of 200 V. The current varied from 50 A to 2 A in 30 seconds.
Subsequent switching to 250 V was accompanied by a change in current from 10 A to 2 A,
within 200 seconds. When the current reading dropped to 2 A, the electrical voltage was switched
at 300 Volts and this voltage was maintained for 600 s. The next voltage of 350 volts was connected for 900 s. Turn-on current – 10 A changed to 1 A in 900 s. In 30 minutes, an oxide coating
was formed, up to 100 µm thick (Fig. 5.19).
Fig. 5.19 Chemical analysis of coating on samples of aluminum
alloy 7075 (Al-Zn-Cu-Mg) after MAO
Coating studies (Fig. 5.19) show three distinct areas obtained by the MAO method. It was
found that the use of alkaline and silicate-alkaline solutions (for example, Na2SiO3 and NaOH) leads
142
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
to broadening of the inner dense layer, which mainly consists of γ- and α-Al2O3 phases, and in
this case complex phases Al-Si-O are present, mullite (Al6Si2O13, Al4SiO8). Switching to a higher
voltage creates conductive defects and accelerates the oxidation process. The coating has high
roughness and surface defects. Coating thickness is 100 microns.
The next batch of samples was made from alloy A6062 (Al-Mg-Si). The tensile strength
is 205 MPa, the yield point is 170 MPa, and the elongation is 10 %. The research results are
shown in Fig. 5.20.
Fig. 5.20 Chemical analysis of the coating on samples of
the aluminum alloy A6062 (Al-Mg-Si) after MAO
MAO of samples from A6062 was carried out in modes similar to those for the previous samples.
Research shows three distinct areas in coatings (Fig. 5.20). This is a border area with a large
excess of oxygen and a gradual decrease in the aluminum content. The second region is with a high
content of silicon and oxygen, and the third is mullite (Al6Si2O13, Al4SiO8). A high density of electric
current pulses when an increased voltage is turned on leads to the creation of through defects in
the form of breakdown channels and cracks, which increased the conductivity of the oxide layer and
ensured the formation of a coating within 100 microns in 30 minutes.
143
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Alloy A6062 is used for the manufacture of welded containers, oil pipelines, gas pipelines,
stamped products, dishes and many household items.
It was found that the use of alkaline and silicate-alkaline solutions (for example, Na2SiO3 and
NaOH) leads to broadening of the inner dense layer, which mainly consists of γ- and α-Al2O3 phases;
complex phases Al-Si-O are present. The relative content of the harder phase increases with
increasing current density. The content of α-aluminum can reach 60 % for coatings formed on
copper-containing aluminum substrates, while the γ-Al2O3 phase is predominantly formed on magnesium-containing aluminum alloys.
The work on the formation of oxide coatings on the surface of samples from the AMG-3
alloy (Mg 2.3–3.8 %, Mn 0.3–0.6 %) in an aqueous solution of KOH was carried out using
a different circuit for connecting the source voltage. MAO was carried out according to the anode
connection scheme with periodic connection to the anode of a voltage increased by 20–30 %.
Metallographic analysis shows that the resulting layer on the samples (>120 µm) has a higher
density near the substrate (Fig. 5.21). There is a loose, porous layer on the surface, the thickness
of this layer is 30–50 µm. Oxidation was carried out in a flowing electrolyte flow, with a minimum
gap between the electrodes of 25 mm and a maximum voltage of 340 V. It is known that oxidation
of aluminum alloys without alloying additions on the surface forms an oxide film with a thickness
of <250 µm with a microhardness of 7–8 GPa [9].
Fig. 5.21 Oxide layer obtained on a sample of AlMg after micro-arc oxidation
The developed unit (Fig. 5.3) allows for oxidation at interelectrode gaps of 20–30 mm, which
reduces electrical energy losses and ensures the formation of an oxide layer up to 150 microns,
at an electric current voltage of ≈340 V, it is known that the optimum electrolyte temperature for
implementing the technology is 50–60 °С.
To ensure this temperature, the electrolyte is heated by using losses in the electrolyte cell
by reducing the flow in the gap.
The mass spectrum of secondary ions (Fig. 5.22), obtained by bombarding the coating with
an argon ion beam, showed that the coating has a complex composition.
It includes the constituents of the electrolyte (Na, H2O, CO, CO2, COH, Ca), the products
of plasma-chemical synthesis from the constituents of the sample material and plasma (Al, Mg,
144
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
AlN, AlO, MgO), as well as from the elements that make up the electrode-cathode and products
of plasma chemical synthesis between these elements and plasma (Fe, Mn, Cr, V, VO, MnO).
By changing the composition of the electrode-cathode, it is possible to microalloy the oxide
coating with elements that make up the electrode and products of plasma-chemical synthesis.
X-ray phase analysis of the coating (Fig. 5.23) showed that the coating consists mainly of
a refractory phase of aluminum oxide (α-Al2O3) and aluminum. The introduction of fine powders, for
example, chromium oxide, into the electrolyte ensures the movement of the powder particles to the
coating and their fusion into the aluminum oxide layer. Fig. 5.24 shows a view of the surface of the
sample. The high-temperature form is mainly concentrated at the oxide-metal interface. Electrolyte
anions are deposited on the surface of dispersed particles, which gives them a negative charge
and ensures movement to the surface of the product under the action of electrophoretic forces.
With an increase in the concentration of anions and a decrease in the electrolyte temperature, the effect of introducing dispersed particles into the coating is enhanced. Studies of the
phase composition of ceramic coatings obtained by introducing stimulating additives of various
composition and concentration into the electrolyte showed that the introduction of dispersed solid
particles creates conditions for an increase in their percentage at the oxidized surface, ensuring
the production of composite coatings, for example, introducing chromium oxide into the hydraulic
system. (fineness up to 10 microns, content in the electrolyte 2–3 %) led to an increase in the
content of chromium oxide at the surface of the product up to 15 %.
The MAO of the combustion chamber of a diesel piston was carried out using an electrolyte
based on an aqueous solution of KOH+Na2Si03+SiO2. The technological scheme (Fig. 5.5) provides circulation of the electrolyte with a minimum interelectrode gap of 25 mm.
Fig. 5.22 Mass spectrum of secondary ions obtained by bombarding
an aluminum alloy with an argon ion beam after micro-arc oxidation
145
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
Fig. 5.23 Results of X-ray phase analysis of the coating
Fig. 5.24 View of the sample surface after MAO in an alkaline
electrolyte with the addition of Cr2O3 micropowder
X-ray diffraction analysis of the ceramic coating created in the combustion chamber showed
that its composition largely depends on the oxidation regime and the composition of the electrolyte (Table 5.2). The basis of the ceramic coating is a mixture of aluminum oxides: low-temperature γ-Al2O3 and high-temperature forms δ-, α-Al2O3. The high-temperature form is mainly
concentrated at the oxide-metal interface.
146
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Table 5.2 Phase composition of the ceramic layer
Chemical compound or element
Content, %
Al
11.3
MgAl2O4
0.0001
Mullite
44.7
NaAlSiO
33.3
CaAlSiO
1.3
SiO2
16.8
Si
0.7
Al2O3
0
The density of the upper layer of the coating with the phase composition (Al2O3; Al; CrO3) is
3.74 g/сm3, which is close in value to the density of α-Al2O3 (ρ = 3.98 g/сm3). The adhesion of the
coating of the oxidized layer of aluminum (determined by scribing with a diamond pyramid) ranges
from 42 to 67 MPa in different areas. And the hardness of some areas of the coating ranges from
1.36⋅104 N/mm2 to 1.72⋅104 N/mm2 in dark points where there are inclusions of the CrO3 phase.
Anions of the electrolyte are included in the structure of the anodic oxide, and the introduction of
anions increases with an increase in the concentration of various stimulating additives in the electrolyte and with a decrease in the operating temperature of the electrolyte. The content of the brittle,
not adhering to the substrate, mullite phase in the specified ceramic coating is given in Table 5.2.
The developed principles of constructing the technology are universal and make it possible to
develop devices for applying high-quality oxide coatings to hard-to-reach surfaces of products, for
example, the inner surfaces of a cylinder or the bottom of a piston.
Work was carried out to apply a heat-shielding layer to the walls of the combustion chamber of
the piston. The piston was made of an alloy (Al+6 % Si). Metallographic analysis shows that the
resulting layer (over 120 µm) is denser near the substrate. There is a loose, porous layer on the
surface, the thickness of this layer is 30–50 µm. The hardness of the oxidized layer depends on the
substrate material and is 4.5–7 GPa. Oxidation was carried out in KOH electrolyte at a maximum
voltage of 340 V. For micro-arc oxidation of the bottom and walls of the piston combustion chamber, a special unit was developed using the technological scheme (Fig. 5.5).
The product was oxidized in the following order. At the initial moment of time, an electric current voltage of ≈110 V was connected to the interelectrode gap. As a result, in 60 s, an oxide film
is formed, which reduces the current density 50 times (from 10 mA/cm2). Then the voltage was
increased to 200 V (current density 2 mA/cm2). After holding for 5 min, the electric voltage was
increased to 270 V. A further increase in the voltage to 340 V provided the formation of a coating
with a thickness of up to 150 µm. Dispersed particles of chromium oxide were fused into the
coating. Fig. 5.27 shows a dispersed particle in an alumina layer obtained by micro-arc oxidation.
147
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
This technology was used to process a batch of diesel engine pistons that have passed bench
tests for thermal cycling. Tests have shown that the coating withstood up to 1.5⋅106 cycles without destruction. A four-position semi-automatic unit was developed and manufactured, which, with
a single-shift load, provided oxidation of 150,000 pistons per year.
The design of the developed device can be built into automated lines, and a centralized hydraulic
electrolyte dispensing system provides control of its composition and regeneration. The design of
the unit allows the introduction of rare-earth salts into the electrolyte, which ensures alloying
of the coating and increases its physical and mechanical properties.
5.5.2 MAO of aluminum-magnesium alloys in alternating current
As mentioned above, a large reserve in the technology of changing the chemical and phase
composition of the coating has the circuit and mode of connecting the surface to an electrical
converter. The anode mode with a periodic increase in potential or the anode mode with pulse
switching to the cathodic mode makes it possible to intensify the technology and obtain dense
coatings melted from the surface, Fig. 5.25.
a
b
Fig. 5.25 View of the surface of sample A5052 after MAO at direct current: a – at the anodic
mode with a periodic increase in voltage; b – periodic switching to the cathodic mode
148
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
MAO of aluminum samples with periodic switching to the cathodic mode is distinguished by
a higher surface roughness and fusion of the oxide layer (Fig. 5.25, b).
In the steady-state mode of oxidation, the current density is 0.1–0.5 A/cm2. The main parameters that make it possible to control the process of micro-arc oxidation and the properties
of coatings are electrolyte concentration, voltage and current density, electrolyte temperature,
process duration, alloy composition and heat treatment.
Of interest is the MAO technology with the connection of samples/products to an alternating
current electric circuit. The technological connection diagram is shown in Fig. 5.12, 5.13. One of the
advantages of this scheme is a multiple increase in the productivity of oxide coating formation. The
surface of the sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current with a smooth increase in the electric
potential from 150 to 400 V is characterized by low roughness (Fig. 5.26). Micropores are visible on
the surface, which ensure the electrical conductivity of the layer and the possibility of its formation.
Fig. 5.27 shows a view of the surface of sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current with a pulsed
voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase in the main electric potential from 150 to 400 V. The surface
is characterized by low roughness and the presence of microdefects in the form of cracks and pores.
Fig. 5.26 View of the surface of sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current
with a smooth increase in electric potential from 150 to 400 V
Fig. 5.27 View of the surface of the sample A5052 after MAO on alternating current
with a pulsed voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase in the main electric potential up to 400 V
149
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
It should be noted that in the initial state, the A5052 alloy consists at least of such components as Al-Mg with the presence of such impurities as Cu, Fe, Mn, Zn and other elements.
MAO of the surface of samples from alloy A5052 was carried out on alternating current with
a pulsed voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase in the main electric potential to 400 V. This technology was carried out using an aqueous solution of КОН+Na2SiO3+SiO2. The adopted oxidation
scheme is distinguished by high productivity and quality of the oxidized layer.
Metallographic analysis of samples from alloy A5052 shows that the resulting oxide layer
(more than 150 microns) is denser near the aluminum substrate (Fig. 5.28). On the surface,
the oxide layer has a high porosity and consists of many melted areas in the form of microcraters
and drop-like traces of the oxide layer melting (Fig. 5.27). Analysis of the research results shows
that the micro-arc process propagates inside the pores of the coating. Traces of localization of
micro-arcs in the form of melted craters are also noticeable in the pores of the coating. It can
be noted that the oxide layer is formed not only from the coating surface, but also from the pore
surface into the coating, which provides an oxide layer with a developed surface inside the sample.
Fig. 5.28 View of a cross-sectional section of an aluminum sample
after MAO with an alternating electric potential connected with a smooth
increase in voltage from 150 to 400 V
The developed technological unit allows simultaneous oxidation of two samples/parts with interelectrode gaps of 20–30 mm, which reduces electrical energy losses and ensures the formation
of a dense oxide layer up to 150 microns, at an alternating voltage of up to 400 V (Fig. 5.29).
For example, the formation of an oxide layer on the surface of the stamping dies (Fig. 5.18)
took 30 minutes. The roughness of the coating on the surface of the matrices was rather low and
the matrices were used without further mechanical processing. The hardness of the oxide layer is
tens of times higher than the base metal.
150
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Fig. 5.29 View of a thin section of a coating with imprints
obtained by measuring hardness
Depending on the composition of the electrolyte and the polarity of the electrode, many
schemes for connecting samples to the electrical circuit of the power supply can be used. The
basis of the process is the connection of a potential that is higher than the breakdown voltage
that occurs in the oxide film growing on the surface of the passaged anode, and is characterized
by the presence of numerous arcs moving rapidly along the surface to be treated. Complex compounds can be synthesized within the high-voltage breakdown channels formed throughout the
growing oxide layer. These compounds consist of oxides of both the substrate material (usually
aluminum) and of the generated elements (for example, silicon). Plasma-chemical interactions of
plasma in multiple surface discharges lead to the growth of the coating in both directions from
the substrate surface. Although the local temperatures are extremely high, the temperature
in the bulk of the coating is below 100 °С. With some particular combination of electrolyte
composition and current mode, the discharge modifies the microstructure and phase composition of the substrate from a metal alloy to a complex ceramic oxide. As a result, a thick
wear-resistant layer (up to 500 µm) with a hardness of up to 18 GPa can be obtained at an
alternating potential.
Samples of alloys A6061 (a) and A5252 (b) were connected to an alternating current electric
circuit with a smooth increase in the electric potential from 150 to 400 V and a periodic switching
on of a pulse voltage of 500 V for 1–2 seconds. The MAO technology of samples (2 pcs) was
carried out 20 min.
Fig. 5.30 shows thin sections of the oxide layer for samples from alloys A6061 (a) and A5252 (b).
The ceramic layer differs from the one obtained earlier (Fig. 5.28, 5.29). It has a microporous
structure that is evenly distributed throughout the layer.
151
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
a
b
Fig. 5.30 View of a cross-sectional section of aluminum
samples A6061 (a) and A5252 (b) after MAO on alternating current
with a pulsed connection of a voltage of 500 V and a smooth increase
in the main electric potential from 150 to 400
A layer of fused ceramic is visible on the surface, which has defects in the form of cracks
and pores. The hardness of the main oxide layer is Hv – 1230–1240.
The results of X-ray phase analysis of the coating (Fig. 5.31) obtained by MAO with the connection of two samples to an alternating current electric circuit with a pulsed voltage of 500 V and
a gradual increase in the main electric potential from 150 to 400, show that the ceramic layer consists mainly of α-Al2O3 (202), α-Al2O3 (234), α-Al2O3 (204) having a rhombohedral structure with
parameters, a = 0.3253⋅0.0022 nm and angle 2 = 56.65 = 0.8. The intensity of the peaks Al (200),
Al (311), Al (400) having a cubic FCC lattice with lattice parameters a = 0.4032⋅0.0303 nm
decreased significantly. In addition, peaks of the Al-Si-O complex phases were found.
The prospect of new plasma electrolyte processing schemes is significant. They can be expected to prove useful in ever-expanding applications, in particular in view of the increasing desire to
use alloys based on aluminum, magnesium, which have an optimal strength-to-weight ratio.
Studies show that an increasing concentration of silicate in the electrolyte leads to accelerated
growth of the coating due to the inclusion of Si in the structure of the coating and the formation of
complex phases Al-Si-O, Table 5.3. The elemental distribution over the thickness of the coating, when
silicon is present in the alkaline electrolyte, varies depending on the type of particles containing silicon.
The addition of 15 g/l sodium silicate to the electrolyte leads to the fact that from 3 % to
5 at. % silicon penetrates into the coating and the concentration of Cu and Mg significantly decreases, which, in turn, increases in the interfacial region. The position of the maxima of the Cu
and Mg content also shifts towards the substrate. When silicon is introduced in the form of a fine
powder, the Si content in the coating increases (up to 40–60 % on the surface), but it is non-uniformly distributed over the thickness. Accordingly, the profiles of Al and other alloy composites
also change. When alkaline solutions with dissolved silicon are used, the uniformity of the coating
thickness depends on the composition of the electrolyte.
152
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Fig. 5.31 Results of X-ray phase analysis of the coating obtained
by MAO with the connection of two samples to an alternating current
electric circuit with a pulsed voltage of 500 V and a gradual increase
in the main electric potential from 150 to 400
Table 5.3 Modes and some characteristics of oxide films [106–109]
Na2SiO3 (g/I)
Processing
time (min)
Current density
(A/dm2)
Coating thickness (µm)
Al-Si-O stoichiometry
Al2O3 to Al-Si-O
ratio
2
120
12
85
Al0.26Si0.08O0.06
1.0
4
80
25
75
Al0.23Si0.10O0.67
0.6
6
60
25
110
Al0.22Si0.12O0.65
0.4
20
25
25
120
Al0.13Si0.19O0.68
0.1
Homogeneous coatings can be obtained only in the presence of some balanced combinations
of silicon and alkali; an increase in the concentration of silicate leads to an increase in the growth
of the coating at the ends of the sample, where the processes of silicon polycondensation are
facilitated due to more intense sparking.
On the contrary, an increase in the alkaline concentration causes local dissolution of the
oxide layer and the formation of pits along the surface of the sample. Oxide coatings obtained in
concentrated silicate solutions (50–300 g/l) are thicker and more homogeneous. They have, however, an increased outer layer that can reach 90 % of the total coating thickness. Mostly such
layers are amorphous to X-radiation and usually consist of 40–43 % Si, 1–4 % Al, 1–4 % Na,
153
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
and 49–58 % O. As a rule, these silicate coatings have a foam structure with high volumetric
porosity and relatively low mechanical properties. The composition of these coatings can only be
changed by introducing additional substances into the electrolyte. Electrolytes containing fine powders of Al2O3, Fe3O4, TiO2, MgO, Cr2O are often used for these purposes. However, due to the
high volumetric porosity, the distribution of elements in such coatings is extremely non-uniform.
5.6 Oxide coating characteristics and application
Oxide coatings can impart significant hardening to aluminum substrates. This effect is most
pronounced on flat sheet substrates, when a 100–200 % increase in the effective Young’s
modulus is observed. This increase depends on the thickness of the sheet and the relative
depth of the oxide layer.
The effective adhesion of the oxide layer, as estimated by the micro-indenter, tends to increase
with the thickness of the coating. In coatings 200–250 µm thick, the adhesion force is comparable to the tensile limit of the substrate in the case of aluminum. One of the explanations for the
increase in adhesion is a structural change in the inner region of the coating due to diffusion processes. It is also likely that thicker coatings give better support to the load and that the interface
is therefore less susceptible to stress when the load is applied.
Structural variations tend to create a non-uniform distribution of hardness throughout the
oxide coating. Usually, the hardest – 30 microns from the coating – substrate interface, is due to
the maximum content of high-temperature oxide phases in the zone of the dense inner layer. The
maximum hardness values are up to 17 GPa for a-aluminum based coatings, 12 GPa for α-phase
coatings and 4–9 GPa for mullite based coatings. In each case, the porous outer regions of the
coating are of low hardness.
The oxide coating layer on aluminum samples reaches 100–350 µm, depending on the time
and MAO modes. Films obtained on aluminum alloys by MAO methods demonstrate abrasion resistance comparable to that of WC-based composites and coatings. The wear resistance of oxide
coatings in corrosive environments can be improved due to the composition of the electrolyte and
the MAO regime.
The friction characteristics of oxide coatings under conditions of friction with a lubricant depend on the porosity and quality of the liquid introduced into the pores. The friction coefficient for
a pair of oxide layer and steel from the usual friction coefficients for steel of 0.4 decreases to
µ ≈ 0.015 – this result was obtained in the case when the oxide film was impregnated with oil.
A study of the friction coefficients of aluminum alloy samples against each other in industrial
water and seawater showed that after MAO a combined pair of coatings based on α-Al2O3
had µ = 0.023–0.025 at pressures up to 16 MPa. A pair of coatings based on γ-Al2O3 showed
µ = 0.005–0.008 up to a critical pressure of 8 MPa. Friction pairs based on mullite coatings can
withstand critical pressures up to 4 MPa.
154
5 Electrolytic plasma oxidation (EPO)
Coatings obtained, for example, in a concentrated silicate electrolyte, quite successfully withstand significant external heat fluxes without affecting adhesion – partly due to high porosity.
The high electrical resistance and breakdown strength of silicon and aluminum ensure good
dielectric properties of MAO coatings. The intrinsic resistance values are obtained as 2.7⋅1014 before 3.5⋅1013 Ohm. In this respect, coatings obtained in a solution with a dissolved silicate content
of 1 to 5 % have the best properties. Electrical resistivity is also a factor in plasma electrolysis.
It decreases when the process transforms into arc discharge mode, then remains constant, regardless of the oxidation time.
The experience of using (or applying) MAO methods shows that the coating can successfully
compete with anodizing and thermal oxidation, as well as provide an alternative to other «composite
materials» in various industries. The remarkable properties of wear, friction, corrosion and heat
resistance of these coatings attract manufacturers of equipment (products) for the use of this
technology in the textile industry, aviation, space and oil and gas production, and cleaning. The
simplicity of equipment, high processing efficiency and the possibility of continuous processing of
products by MAO methods are also of practical interest for its use in industry. Moreover, MAO
methods can be used as a pretreatment for duplex processing involving electroplating, PVD or
other coating methods. For example, thin, hard PVD coatings can be applied to thick MAO diffusion
layers to obtain good adhesion and toughness under heavy loads.
155
References
1. Sluginov, N. (1880). On luminous phenomen, observed in liquids during electrolysis. J. Russ.
Phys. Chem. Soc., 12, 193–203.
2. Schulze, G., Betz, H. (1937). Elektrolytkondensatoren. Berlin: Krayn, 178.
3. McNiell, W., Nordbloom, G. F. (1958). Pat. No. 2854390 US. Metod of making cadmium
niobate. U.S. Class: 205/477; 204/164; 205/322. CPC Class: C01G 33/00 (20130101);
C01P 2006/40 (20130101). published: 30.09.1958.
4. McNiell, W., Gross, L. L. (1966). Pat. No. 3293158 US. Anodik spark reaktion processes
and articles. U.S. Class: 205/316; 205/321; 205/320; 205/322; 205/323. CPC Class:
C25D 11/026 (20130101); C25D 9/06 (20130101). published: 20.12.1966.
5. Markov, G. A., Markova, G. V. (1976). Pat. No. 526961 USSR. Sposob formovki anodov elektroliticheskikh kondensatorov. MPK: H01G 9/04. No. 1751524. declareted: 24.02.1972;
published: 30.08.1976, Bul. No. 32.
6. Nikolaev, A. V., Markov, G. A., Peshchevitskij, B. I. (1977). Novoe iavlenie v elektrolize.
Izvestiia Sibirskogo otdeleniia Akademii nauk SSSR. Seriia khimicheskikh nauk, 5 (12),
32–33.
7. Markov, G. A., Tatarchuk, V. V., Mironova, M. K. (1983). Mikrodugovoe oksidirovanie aliuminiia v kontsentrirovannoi sernoi kislote. Izvestiia Sibirskogo otdeleniia Akademii nauk SSSR.
Seriia khimicheskikh nauk, 3 (7), 34–37.
8. Snezhko, L. A., Beskrovnyi, Iu. M., Nevkrytyi, V. I., Chernenko, V. I. (1980). Impulsnyi
rezhim dlia polucheniia silikatnykh pokrytii v iskrovom razriade. Zaschita metallov, 16 (3),
365–367.
9. Snezhko, L. A., Rozenboym, G. V., Chernenko, V. I. (1981). Issledovanie korrozionnoi stoikosti
splavov aliuminiia s silikatnymi pokrytiiami. Zaschita metallov, 17 (5), 618–621.
10. Snezhko, L. A., Chernenko, V. I. (1983). Energeticheskie parametry protsessa polucheniia
silikatnykh pokrytii na aliuminii v rezhime iskrovogo razriada. Elektronnaia obrabotka
materialov, 2 (110), 25–28.
11. Snezhko, L. A., Chernenko, V. I. (1983). Mekhanizm dielektricheskogo proboia pri formovke
anodnykh keramicheskikh plenok na AMg 5. Elektronnaia obrabotka materialov, 4, 38–40.
12. Tchernenko, V. I., Snezhko, L. A., Chernova, C. B. (1984). Elektrilmsh dli formovki keramicheskikh pokrytii na aliuminii v rezhime iskrovogo razriada. Zaschita metallov, 20 (3), 454–458.
13. Snezhko, L. A., Pavlus, S. G., Chernenko, V. I. (1984). Anodnyi protsess pri formovke silikatnykh pokrytii. Zaschita metallov, 20 (4), 292–296.
14. Markov, G. A., Mironova, M. K., Potapova, O. G. et. al. (1983). Struktura anodnykh plenok pri mikrodugovom oksidirovanii aliuminiia. Izvestiia AN SSSR. Neorganicheskie materialy,
19 (7), 1110–1113.
156
References
15. Petrosiants, A. A., Malyshev, V. N., Fedorov, V. A., Markov, G. A. (1984). Kinetika iznashivaniia pokrytii, nanesennykh metodom mikrodugovogo oksidirovaniia. Trenie i iznos, 5 (2),
353–357.
16. Malyshev, N., Bulychev, S. I., Markov, G. A., Fyodorov, V. A., Petro-Syants, A. A., Kudinov, V. V.,
Shorshorov, M. H. (1980). Fiziko-mekhanicheskie kharakteristiki i iznosostoikost pokrytii,
nanesennykh metodom mikrodugovogo oksidirovaniia. Fizika i khimiia obrabotki material,
1, 82–87.
17. Fyodorov, V. A., Belozerov, V. V., Velikosel’skaya, N. D., Bulychev, S. I. (1988). Sostav
i struktura uprochnennogo poverkhnostnogo sloia na splavakh aliuminiia, poluchaemogo pri
mikrodugovom oksidirova-142 nii. Fizika i khimiia obrabotki material, 4, 92–97.
18. Rudnev, V. S., Gordienko, P. S. (1987). Nekotorye dannye o iskrovom rezhime formirovaniia anodnykh elektroliticheskikh pokrytii na aliuminii i ego splavakh. Vladivostok, 55–e.
Dep. v VINITI, 3384–B87.
19. Khrisanfova, O. A., Gordienko, P. S. (1989). Vliianie ionnogo sostava elektrolita i rezhimov
oksidirovaniia na fazovyi sostav pokrytii, poluchaemykh na metallakh. Vladivostok, 71–e.
Dep. v VINITI, 2986–B89.
20. Gordienko, P. S., Nedozorov, P. M., Volkova, L. M,. Yarovaya, T. P., Khrisanfova, O. A. (1989).
Fazovyi sostav anodnykh plenok na splave NTSu-1, poluchennykh pri potentsialakh iskreniia
v vodnykh elektrolitakh. Zaschita metallov, 25 (1), 125–128.
21. Kurze, P., Krysmann, W., Marx, G. (1982). Zur anodischen Oxidation von Aluminium unter
Funkenentladung (ANOF) in Wassrigen Electroliten Wiss. Tech. Hochsch. Karl-Marx-Stadt.,
24 (6), 665–670.
22. Dittrich, K.-H., Krysmann, W., Kurze, P., Schneider, H. G. (1984). Structure and properties of ANOF Layers. Crystal Research and Technology, 19 (1), 93–99. doi: http://
doi.org/10.1002/crat.2170190117
23. Krysmann, W., Kurze, P., Dittrich, K.-H., Schneider, H. G. (1984). Process characteristics
and parameters of Anodic Oxidation by spark discharge (ANOF). Crystal Research and Technology, 19 (7), 973–979. doi: http://doi.org/10.1002/crat.2170190721
24. Kurze, P., Schreckenbach, J., Schwarz, T., Krysmann, W. (1986). Coating by anodic oxidation with spark discharge. Metalloberflaeche, 40 (12), 539–540.
25. Saakin, L. S., Yefremov, A. P., Ropyak, L. Y., Apelfeld, A. V. (1986). Corrosion Control and
Environment Protection. Informative Survey. Moscow: VNII-OENG, 6.
26. Fyedorov, V. A., Kan, A. G., Maksutov, R. P. (1989). Surface Strengthening of Oil & Gas
Trade Facilities by Micro Arc Oxidation. Moscow: VNII-OENG, 6.
27. Markov. G. A., Gizatullin B. S., Rychazhkova I. E. (1982). Pat. No. 926083 USSR.
Sposob elektroliticheskogo naneseniia silikatnykh pokrytii. MPK: C25D 9/06 (2006.01).
No. 2864936. declareted: 04.01.1980; published: 07.05.1982, Bul. No. 17.
28. Hradkovsky, R. J., Bayles, Jr. S. H. (1974). Pat. No. 3956080 US. Coated valve metal article
formed by spark anodizing. U.S. Class: 205/316; 205/321; 427/344; 106/600; 205/322;
157
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
205/323; 428/450. CPC Class: B41N 3/03 (20130101); C25D 9/04 (20130101);
C25D 11/06 (20130101); C25D 11/26 (20130101); C25D 11/30 (20130101);
C25D 11/32 (20130101); C25D 11/34 (20130101); H01G 9/0032 (20130101);
C25D 11/026 (20130101). published: 11.05.1976.
Brown, S. D., Kuna, K. J., Van, T. B. (1971). Anodic Spark Deposition from Aqueous Solutions of NaAlO2 and Na2SiO3. Journal of the American Ceramic Society, 54 (8), 384–390.
doi: http://doi.org/10.1111/j.1151-2916.1971.tb12328.x
Van, T. B., Brown, S. D., Wirtz, G. P. (1977). Mechanism of anodic spark deposition. American Ceramic Society Bulletin, 56 (6), 563–566.
Ostroumov, G. A. (1979). Vzaimodeistvie elektricheskikh i gidrodinamicheskikh polei. Moscow: Nauka, 310.
Plank М. (1890). Ueber die potential differenz zwischen zwei verdunnten losungen binarer
electrolyte. Annallen der Physik und Chemie, 276 (8), 561–576. doi: http://doi.org/10.1002/
andp.18902760802
Iasnogorodskii, Ia. Z. (1949). Nagrev metallov i splavov v elektrolite. Moscow: Mashgiz, 128.
Yerokhin, A. L., Nie, X., Leyland, A., Matthews, A., Dowey, S. J. (1999). Plasma electrolysis
for surface engineering. Surface and Coatings Technology, 122 (2-3), 73–93. doi: http://
doi.org/10.1016/s0257-8972(99)00441-7
Nikitin, V. N., Eretnov, K. I., Artemev, A. V. (1983). Issledovanie prikatodnoi zoni nestatsionarnogo rezhima elektrolitnoi obrabotki. Elektronnaia obrabotka materialov, 2,
35–37.
Slovetskii, D. I., Terentev, S. D., Plekhanov, V. G. (1986). Mekhanizm plazmenno-elektrolitnogo nagreva metallov. Teplofizika vysokikh temperatur, 2 (24), 353–363.
Chernenko, V. I., Snezhko, L. A., Papanova, I. I., Litovchenko, K. I. (1995). Teoriia i tekhnologiia anodnykh protsessov pri vysokikh napriazheniiakh. Kyiv: Naukova dumka, 197.
Raizer, Iu. P. (1992). Fizika gazovogo razriada. Moscow: Red. fiz.-mat. lit., 536.
Tyurin, Yu. N., Tiuliapin, A. N., Traino, A. I., Iusupov, V. S. (1998). Elektrolitno-plazmennaia
zakalka diskovykh pil. MITOM, 1, 9–11.
Eretnov, K. I., Lebedev, S. V. (1997). Protsessy nagreva i ochistki poverkhnosti metallov
v elektrolite i ikh prakticheskoe ispolzovanie. Lipetsk, 152.
Fediukin, V. K. (1977). Termotsiklicheskaia obrabotka stalei i chugunov. Leningrad:
LGU, 144.
Tyurin, Yu. N. (1986). A.S. No. 1312974 SSSR. Sposob termicheskoi obrabotki izdelii.
MPK: C21D 1/78. declareted: 11.04.1984; published: 22.01.1986.
Pogrebnjak, A. D., Kul’ment’eva, O. P., Kobzev, A. P., Tyurin, Y. N., Golovenko, S. I.,
Boiko, A. G. (2003). Mass transfer and doping during electrolyte-plasma treatment of cast iron. Technical Physics Letters, 29 (4), 312–315. doi: http://doi.org/
10.1134/1.1573301
158
References
44. Tyurin, Y. N., Pogrebnjak, A. D. (2001). Electric heating using a liquid electrode. Surface and Coatings Technology, 142-144, 293–299. doi: http://doi.org/10.1016/s02578972(01)01207-5
45. Gorelik, S. S., Rastorguev, L. N., Skakov, Iu. A. (1970). Rentgenograficheskii i elektronnoopticheskii analiz. Prilozheniia. Moscow: Metallurgiia, 366.
46. Bariakhtar, V. G. (Ed.) (1996). Fizika tverdogo tela: Entsiklopedicheskii slovar. Kyiv: Naukova
dumka, 1295.
47. Bariakhtar, V. G., Buravlev, Iu. M., Shevchenko, V. P. (2000). Trudy OTTOM 2000. Kharkiv:
NNTS KHFTI, 155.
48. Landau, L. D., Lifshits, E. M. (1959). Elektrodinamika sploshnykh sred. Moscow: Fizmatgiz, 632.
49. Kochin, N. V., Kibel, I. A., Roze, N. V. (1963). Teoreticheskaia gidromekhanika. Part. 1.
Moscow: Fizmatgiz, 583.
50. Landau, L. D., Lifshits, E. M. (1953). Mekhanika sploshnykh sred. Moscow: Gostekhizdat, 788.
51. Pogrebniak, A. D., Tyurin, Yu. N., Ivchenko, A. P., Ponariadov, V. V., Ruzimov, Sh. M.,
Kulmenteva, O. P., Kshniakin, V. S. (2003). Osobennosti i preimuschestva elektrolitno-plazmennoi zakalki. Metallofizika i noveishie tekhnologii, 25 (10), 1329–1353.
52. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1984). Pat. No. 1375659 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia nagreva izdelii v elektrolite. MPK: C21D 1/44. No. 3715006. declareted: 27.03.1984; published: 23.02.1988,
Bul. No. 7.
53. Tyurin, Yu. N., Golovenko, S. I. (2001). Elektrolitno-plazmennaia obrabotka izdelii iz stali.
Sb. Trudov OTTOM-2. Tekhnologiia termicheskoi i termomekhanicheskoi obrabotki. Kharkiv,
160–167.
54. Oleinikov, M. A., Zuev, I. V., Kazimirov, N. G. (1989). Pat. No. 1481260 SSSR. Sposob kontrolia termicheskoi obrabotki stalnykh detalei pri nagreve v vanne s elektrolitom. MPK: C21D
1/46(2006.01), C21D 11/00(2006.01). No. 4308349. declareted: 22.09.87; published:
23.05.1989.
55. Tyurin, Yu. N., Gnibeda, V. P. (1990). A.s. No. 1611625. SSSR. Sposob termokhimicheskoi
zachistki poverkhnosti metallicheskikh izdelii. MPK: B23K 7/06 (2006.01). No. 4473489.
declareted: 15.08.1988. published: 07.12.1990, Bul. No. 45.
56. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1990). Elektrolitno-plazmennaia uprochniaiuschaia obrabotka detalei svarnykh
konstruktsii. Avtomaticheskaia svarka (Dep.). Kyiv, 10.
57. Tiuryn, Yu. N., Smyrnov, S. P., Subbotyn, V. P. (2007). Pat. No. 79234 UA. Prystrii
dlia obrobky poverkhni dovhomirnykh vyrobiv. MPK: C25D 5/00, C21D 1/42 (2006.01),
C21D 9/08 (2006.01), C25F 1/00. No. 2003054871. declareted: 28.05.2003; published:
11.06.2007, Bul. No. 8.
58. Barabantsev, G. E., Tiuliapin, A. N., Lukanin, Iu. V., Tyurin, Yu. N., Riabinkova, V. K., Traino, A. I.
(1998). Pat. No. 2123535 RU. Ustroistvo dlia zakalki diskovykh pil. MPK: C21D 9/24
(2006.01), C21D 1/44 (2006.01). No. 97112338/02. declareted: 15.07.1997; published:
20.12.1998.
159
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
59. Barabantsev, G. E., Tiuliapin, A. N., Lukanin, Iu. V., Tyurin, Yu. N., Rosliakova, N. E., Traino, A. I.
(1998). Pat. No. 2119538 RU. Sposob zakalki diskovykh pil. MPK: C21D 1/44 (2006.01).
No. 97112299/02. declareted: 15.07.1997; published: 27.09.1998.
60. Barabantsev, G. E., Lukanin, Iu. V., Tiuliapin, A. N., Rosliakova, N. E., Tyurin, Yu. N. (1999). Pat.
No. 2138564 RU. Sposob uprochneniia pily. MPK: C21D 9/24 (2006.01). No. 98106746/02.
declareted: 30.03.1998; published: 27.09.1999.
61. Snegovskii, F. P., Tyurin, Yu. N. (1975). Vliianie mikrorelefa vala na rabotosposobnost manzhetnykh uplotnitelnykh uzlov. Problemy treniia i iznashivaniia. Tekhnika, 7, 64–69.
62. Snegovskii, F. P., Tyurin, Yu. N. (1976). Gidrodinamicheskaia smazka manzhetnogo uplotnitelnogo uzla s vibronakatannym valom. Vestnik mashinostroeniia, 1, 31–36.
63. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1977). Teoreticheskoe i eksperimentalnye issledovanie, razrabotka i vnedrenie
uzlov valov s gidrodinaicheskoi smazkoi Dissertatsii na soiskanie uchenoi stepeni kandidata
tekhnicheskikh nauk. Rostov-na-Donu, 256.
64. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1987). A.S. No. 1340165 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia termicheskoi obrabotki
detalei. MPK: C21D 9/48. declareted: 26.06.1985; published: 02.11.1987.
65. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1987). A.S. No. 1311263 SSSR. Sposob uprochneniia stalnykh detalei.
MPK: C25D 11/02. declareted: 22.05.1985; published: 15.01.1987.
66. Tyurin, Yu. N., Garkavyi, N. I., Golovenko, S. I., Duda, I. M. (2009). Uprochnenie
sheek krupnogabaritnykh kolenchatykh valov. Zhurnal Uprochniaiuschie Tekhnologii, 9,
39–42.
67. Tyurin, Yu. N., Golovenko, S. I., Duda, I. M. (2010). Pat. No. 90378 UA. Method for heat
treatment of articles. MPK: C21D 1/00. No. a 2008 09410. declareted: 18.07.2008;
published: 26.04.2010, Bul. No. 8.
68. Tyurin, Yu. N., Garbuzov, A. P. (1989). Pat. No. 1470781 SSSR. Sposob i ustroistvo zakalki
listovogo prokata. MPK: C21D 1/40. declareted: 26.08.1986; published: 07.04.1989.
69. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1989). Pat. No. 1488321 SSSR. Sposob nagreva detalei. MPK: C21D 1/44.
declareted: 10.04.1987; published: 22.02.1989.
70. Pogrebniak, A. D., Tyurin, Yu. N., Boiko, A. G., Zhadkevich, M. L., Kalyshkanov, M. K., Ruzimov, Sh. M. (2005). Elektrolitno-plazmennaia obrabotka i nanesenie pokrytii na metally
i splavy. Uspekhe fiziki metalov, 6, 273–344.
71. Tyurin, Yu. N., Shleenko, V. I., Semenova, L. V., Anufriev, A. V. (1990). Pat. No. 1537695 SSSR.
Ustroistvo dlia zonnogo nagreva detalei v elektrolite. No. 4336032. declareted: 01.12.1987;
published: 23.01.1990.
72. Tyurin, Yu. N. Kiselev, E. I., Gnibeda, V. P., Semenov, V. V., Gavrilov, B. P., Girshovich, G. A.
(1988). Pat. No. 1399231 SSSR. MPK: B65G 19/28 (2006.01). Skrebkovyi konveier.
No. 3980642. declareted: 27.11.1985; published: 30.05.1988.
73. Tyurin, Yu. N., Kalafatov, A. P., Zuev, I. V. (1990). Pat. No. 1546362 SSSR. Reshtak skrebkovogo konveera. MPK: B65G 19/28 (2006.01). No. 4428164. declareted: 23.05.1988;
published: 28.08.1990.
160
References
74. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1986). Pat. No. 1277646 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia elektrolitnogo plazmennogo
naneseniia pokrytii. MPK: C25D 11/02. declareted: 11.12.1984; published: 15.08.1986.
75. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1987). Pat. No. 1331074 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia zonnogo nagreva detalei v
elektrolite. MPK: C21D 1/44. declareted: 18.07.1985; published: 02.11.1987.
76. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1989). Pat. No. 1441168 SSSR. Ustanovka dlia termicheskoi obrabotki
detalei. MPK: C21D 1/44. declareted: 27.07.1987; published: 09.10.1989.
77. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1990). Pat. No. 1605527 SSSR. Ustanovka dlia nagreva i okhlazhdeniia izdelii
v elektrolite. MPK: C21D 1/44. declareted: 10.02.1988; published: 19.05.1990.
78. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1998). Pat. No. 1439835 SSSR. Sposob litia s kristalizatsiei pod davleniem.
MPK: V22 F9/10. declareted: 15.02.1987; published: 10.08.1998.
79. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1988). Pat. No. 1396362 SSSR. Sposob goriachego deformirovaniia zagotovok. MPK: B23K 11/06. declareted: 06.06.1986; published: 25.01.1988.
80. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1987). Pat. No. 1381851 SSSR. Ustanovka dlia naplavki. MPK: B23K 11/06.
declareted: 01.09.1986; published: 15.10.1987.
81. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1989). Pat. No. 1464481 SSSR. Usroistvo dlia zonnogo nagreva detalei v
elektroplite. MPK: C21D 1/44. declareted: 09.03.1987; published: 29.08.1989.
82. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1986). Pat. No. 1150956 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia elektrolitno-plazmennogo
uprochneniia detalei. MPK: C21D 1/44. declareted: 04.01.1984; published: 19.11.1986.
83. Tyurin, Yu. N. (1991). Pat. No. 1602071 SSSR. Sposob zhidkostnogo vanadirovaniia
splavov na osnove zheleza. MPK: C23C 8/00. declareted: 16.02.1989; published:
13.08.1991.
84. Belonogov, V. A., Belonogova, G. U. (1996). Elektrolitno-plazmennaia obrabotka zharoprochnykh splavov. Probl. Energo. mashinostr. Ufa, 117.
85. Kashin, Iu. A. (1982). A.s. No. 933742 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia nagreva zagotovok.
MPK: S21D1/40, C21D9/62. No. 2933773. declareted: 03.06.1980; published:
07.06.1982.
86. Fominov, A. Ia. (1977). A.s. No. 579324 SSSR. Ustroistvo dlia posledovatelnogo nagreva
zagotovok v elektrolite. MPK: S21D 1/44. No. 2149083. declareted: 23.06.1975;
published: 05.11.1977.
87. Anagorskii, L. A., Brinza, V. N., Dolgov, M. V., Malyshko, N. F., Fominov, A. Ia., Frantseniuk, I. V.
(1974). A.s. 411136 SSSR. Ustanovka dlia nagreva metalla v elektrolite. MPK: C21D
1/44, C21D 9/46. No. 1407548/22-1. declareted: 23.02.1970; published: 15.01.1974.
88. Stanishevskii, V. K., Kosobutskii, A. A., Parshuto, A. E., Khlebtsevich, V. A., Matiushevskii, I. I.,
Levin, B. G. (1990). A.s. No. 1615241 SSSR. Sposob elektrolitno-plazmennoi obrabotki i
ustroistvo dlia ego osuschestvleniia. MPK: S25F7/00. C25D 7/06. No. 4611410.
declareted: 01.12.1988; published: 23.12.1990.
89. Riabkov, D. V. (1998). Pat. No. 97100692. Sposob mnogofunktsionalnoi obrabotki poverkhnostei i ustroistvo dlia ego osuschestvleniia. MPK: C23C16/44. No. 97100692/02.
declareted: 24.01.1997; published: 20.05.1998.
161
Surface modification of metal products by electrolyte plasma
90. Pogrebnyak, A. D., Kaverina, A. S., Kylyshkanov, M. K. (2014). Electrolytic plasma processing for plating coatings and treating metals and alloys. Protection of Metals and Physical Chemistry of Surfaces, 50 (1), 72–87. doi: http://doi.org/10.1134/
s2070205114010092
91. Pogrebniak, A. D., Tyurin, Yu. N. (2002). Osobennosti elektrolitno-plazmennoi zakalki (EPZ).
Zhurnal tekhnicheskoi fiziki, 72 (11). 119–120.
92. Larinov, L. N., Mazanko, V. F., Falchenko, V. M. (1981). Massoperenos v metallakh pri impulsnom nagruzhenii. FiKHOM, 4, 56–58.
93. Bodiatko, M. N., Vurzel, F. B., Kremko, E. V. et. al. (1988). Gazotermicheskaia obrabotka
keramicheskikh oksidov. Minsk: Nauka i tekhnika, 223.
94. Emlin, B. I., Gasik, M. I. (1978). Spravochnik po elektrotermicheskim protsessam. Moscow:
Metallugriia, 288.
95. Glinka, N. L. (1984). Obschaia khimiia. Leningrad: Khimiia, 704.
96. Belkin, P. N. (2005). Elektrokhimiko-termicheskaia obrabotka metallov i splavov. Moscow:
Mir, 336.
97. Blaschuk, V. E., Kareta, N. M., Onoprienko, L. M., Pasinkovskii, E. A. (1986). Vliianie elektrolitnogo azotirovaniiana korrozionnuiu stoikost tekhnicheskogo titana VT1-0. Elektronnaia
obrabotka metallov, 3, 20–22.
98. Duradzhi, V. N., Morar, N. N., Polotebnova, N.A., Kiseeva, L. V. (1986). O fazovom sostave
poverkhnosti metallov. obrabotannykh v elektrolitnoi plazme. Elektronnaia obrabotka materialov, 1, 49–52.
99. Gurevich, S. M., Zamkov, V. N., Blaschuk, V. E. et. al. (1986). Povyshenie korrozionnoi stoikosti nizkolegirovannykh titanovykh splavov azotirovaniem v elektrolite. Metallurgiia i tekhnologiia svarki titana i ego splavov. Kyiv: Naukova Dumka, 240.
100. Kornilov, I. I., Zabrodskaia, M. N., Boriskina, N. G., Brynza, A. P. (1977). Kinetika dlitelnogo
okisleniia titana. Metallovedenie i termicheskaia obrabotka metallov, 5, 49–51.
101. Kolachev, B. A., Livanov, V. A., Bukhanova, A. A. (1974). Mekhanicheskie svoistva titana i ego
splavov. Moscow: Metallurgiia, 544.
102. Kolachev, B. A., Livanov, V. A., Elagin, V. I. (1981). Metallovedenie i termicheskaia obrabotka
tsvetnykh metallov. Moscow: Metallurgiia, 415.
103. Tsvikker, U. (1979). Titan i ego splavy. Moscow: Metallurgiia, 512.
104. Malkov, A. V., Gorshkov, Iu. V. (1980). Kompleksnaia metodika opredeleniia kriticheskikh kontsentratsii vodoroda v titanovykh polufabrikatakh i konstruktsiiakh. Voprosy metallovedeniia i tekhnologii legkikh i zharoprochnykh splavov. Moscow: VILS,
160–162.
105. Blaschuk, V. E. (1989). Povyshenie korrozionnoi stoikosti nizkolegirovannykh titanovykh splavov azotirovaniem v elektrolite. Elektronnaia obrabotka materialov, 5, 18–20.
106. Chernenko, V. I., Snezhko, L. A., Papanova, I. I. (1991). Poluchenie pokrytii anodno-iskrovym
elektrolizom. Leningrad: Khimiia, 128.
162
References
107. Boiko, A. G., Pogrebniak, A. D., Tyurin, Yu. N., Veidzhang, Zh., Golovenko, S. I. (2005). Struktura i svoistva obraztsov iz konstruktsionnoi stali 35 posle elektrolitno-plazmennoi obrabotki.
Vestnik SumGU, 4 (76), 101–108.
108. Gordienko, P. S. (1996). Obrazovanie pokrytii na anodno poliarizovannykh elektrodakh v vodnykh elektrolitakh pri potentsialakh iskreniia i proboia. Vladivostok: Dalnauka, 215.
109. Atroschenko, E. S., Kazantsev, I. A., Rozen, A. E. (1996). Tekhnologiia polucheniia pokrytii
mikrodugovym oksidirovaniem. Novye promyshlennye tekhnologii. Tekhnicheskii progress
v atomnoi promyshlennostisti. Seriia – Tekhnologiia montazhnykh rabot. Moscow, 28–33.
163
Edited by
Volodymyr Korzhyk
SURFACE MODIFICATION OF METAL PRODUCTS BY ELECTROLYTE PLASMA
Volodymyr Korzhyk, Yuriy Tyurin, Oleg Kolisnichenko
Monograph
Technical editor I. Prudius
Desktop publishing T. Serhiienko
Cover photo Copyright © 2021 V. Korzhyk
_______________________________________________________________
PC TECHNOLOGY CENTER
Published in December 2021
Enlisting the subject of publishing No. 4452 – 10.12.2012
Address: Shatylova dacha str., 4, Kharkiv, Ukraine, 61165
_______________________________________________________________